HB-4401,As Passed House,Apr 10, 2003                                        

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                              SUBSTITUTE FOR                                    

                                                                                

                           HOUSE BILL NO. 4401                                  

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                

                                                                                 A bill to amend 1979 PA 94, entitled                                              

                                                                                

    "The state school aid act of 1979,"                                         

                                                                                

    by amending sections 3, 6, 8b, 11, 11f, 11g, 18, 19, 20, 22a,               

                                                                                

    22b, 24, 26a, 31a, 31d, 32c, 32d, 38, 39a, 41, 51a, 51c, 51d,               

                                                                                

    53a, 54, 56, 57, 61a, 62, 74, 81, 94a, 98, 99, 101, 105, 107, and           

                                                                                

    147 (MCL 388.1603, 388.1606, 388.1608b, 388.1611, 388.1611f,                

                                                                                

    388.1611g, 388.1618, 388.1619, 388.1620, 388.1622a, 388.1622b,              

                                                                                

    388.1624, 388.1626a, 388.1631a, 388.1631d, 388.1632c, 388.1632d,            

                                                                                

    388.1638, 388.1639a, 388.1641, 388.1651a, 388.1651c, 388.1651d,             

                                                                                

    388.1653a, 388.1654, 388.1656, 388.1657, 388.1661a, 388.1662,               

                                                                                

    388.1674, 388.1681, 388.1694a, 388.1698, 388.1699, 388.1701,                

                                                                                

    388.1705, 388.1707, and 388.1747), section 3 as amended by 2000             

                                                                                

    PA 297, sections 6, 11, 11f, 11g, 20, 22a, 22b, 24, 26a, 31a,               

                                                                                

    31d, 32c, 32d, 39a, 41, 51a, 51c, 51d, 53a, 54, 56, 57, 61a, 62,            

                                                                                

    74, 81, 94a, 98, 99, 107, and 147 as amended by 2002 PA 521,                

                                                                                


                                                                                

    section 8b as added and sections 19, 38, and 105 as amended by              

                                                                                

    2002 PA 191, section 18 as amended by 1999 PA 119, and section              

                                                                                

    101 as amended by 2002 PA 476, and by adding sections 20k, 20l,             

                                                                                

    22d, 22e, 32j, and 98b; and to repeal acts and parts of acts.               

                                                                                

                THE PEOPLE OF THE STATE OF MICHIGAN ENACT:                      

                                                                                

1       Sec. 3.  (1) "Average daily attendance", for the purposes of                

                                                                                

2   complying with federal law, means 92% of the membership as                  

                                                                                

3   defined in section 6(4).                                                    

                                                                                

4       (2) "Board" means the governing body of a district or public                

                                                                                

5   school academy.                                                             

                                                                                

6       (3) "Center" means the center for educational performance and               

                                                                                

7   information created in section 94a.                                         

                                                                                

8       (4)  (3)  "Cooperative education program" means a written                   

                                                                                

9   voluntary agreement between and among districts to provide                  

                                                                                

10  certain educational programs for pupils in certain groups of                

                                                                                

11  districts.  The written agreement shall be approved by all                  

                                                                                

12  affected districts at least annually and shall specify the                  

                                                                                

13  educational programs to be provided and the estimated number of             

                                                                                

14  pupils from each district who will participate in the educational           

                                                                                

15  programs.                                                                   

                                                                                

16      (5)  (4)  "Department", except in sections 67, 68, 107, and                 

                                                                                

17  108, means the department of education.                                     

                                                                                

18      (6)  (5)  "District" means a local school district                          

                                                                                

19  established under the revised school code, a local act school               

                                                                                

20  district, or, except in sections 6(4), 6(6), 13, 20, 22a, 23,               

                                                                                

21  31a, 32f, 105, and 105c, a public school academy.  Except in                

                                                                                

22  sections 6(4), 6(6), 13, 20, 22a, 105, and 105c, district also              


                                                                                

1   includes a university school.                                               

                                                                                

2       (7)  (6)  "District of residence", except as otherwise                      

                                                                                

3   provided in this subsection, means the district in which a                  

                                                                                

4   pupil's custodial parent or parents or legal guardian resides.              

                                                                                

5   For a pupil described in section 24b, the pupil's district of               

                                                                                

6   residence is the district in which the pupil enrolls under that             

                                                                                

7   section.  For a pupil described in section 6(4)(d), the pupil's             

                                                                                

8   district of residence shall be considered to be the district or             

                                                                                

9   intermediate district in which the pupil is counted in membership           

                                                                                

10  under that section.  For a pupil under court jurisdiction who is            

                                                                                

11  placed outside the district in which the pupil's custodial parent           

                                                                                

12  or parents or legal guardian resides, the pupil's district of               

                                                                                

13  residence shall be considered to be the educating district or               

                                                                                

14  educating intermediate district.                                            

                                                                                

15      (8)  (7)  "District superintendent" means the superintendent                

                                                                                

16  of a district, the chief administrator of a public school                   

                                                                                

17  academy, or the chief administrator of a university school.                 

                                                                                

18      Sec. 6.  (1) "Center program" means a program operated by a                 

                                                                                

19  district or intermediate district for special education pupils              

                                                                                

20  from several districts in programs for the autistically impaired,           

                                                                                

21  trainable mentally impaired, severely mentally impaired, severely           

                                                                                

22  multiply impaired, hearing impaired, physically and otherwise               

                                                                                

23  health impaired, and visually impaired.  Programs for emotionally           

                                                                                

24  impaired pupils housed in buildings that do not serve regular               

                                                                                

25  education pupils also qualify.  Unless otherwise approved by the            

                                                                                

26  department, a center program either shall serve all constituent             

                                                                                

27  districts within an intermediate district or shall serve several            


                                                                                

1   districts with less than 50% of the pupils residing in the                  

                                                                                

2   operating district.  In addition, special education center                  

                                                                                

3   program pupils placed part-time in noncenter programs to comply             

                                                                                

4   with the least restrictive environment provisions of section 612            

                                                                                

5   of part B of the individuals with disabilities education act,               

                                                                                

6   title VI of Public Law 91-230, 20 U.S.C. 1412, may be considered            

                                                                                

7   center program pupils for pupil accounting purposes for the time            

                                                                                

8   scheduled in either a center program or a noncenter program.                

                                                                                

9       (2) "District  pupil retention  and high school completion                  

                                                                                

10  rate" means the  proportion of pupils who have not dropped out of           

                                                                                

11  school in the immediately preceding school year and is equal to 1           

                                                                                

12  minus the quotient of the number of pupils unaccounted for in the           

                                                                                

13  immediately preceding school year, as determined pursuant to                

                                                                                

14  subsection (3), divided by the pupils of the immediately                    

                                                                                

15  preceding school year  annual completion and pupil dropout rate             

                                                                                

16  that is calculated by the center pursuant to nationally                     

                                                                                

17  recognized standards.                                                       

                                                                                

18      (3) "District  pupil retention  and high school completion                  

                                                                                

19  report" means a report of the number of pupils, excluding migrant           

                                                                                

20  and adult, in the district for the immediately preceding school             

                                                                                

21  year, adjusted for those pupils who have transferred into or out            

                                                                                

22  of the district  , transferred out of the district,  or                     

                                                                                

23  transferred to alternative programs,  and have graduated, to                

                                                                                

24  determine the number of pupils who are unaccounted for.  The                

                                                                                

25  number of pupils unaccounted for shall be calculated as                     

                                                                                

26  determined by the department  who leave high school with a                  

                                                                                

27  diploma or other credential.                                                


                                                                                

1       (4) "Membership", except as otherwise provided in this act,                 

                                                                                

2   means for a district, public school academy, university school,             

                                                                                

3   or intermediate district the sum of the product of .8 times the             

                                                                                

4   number of full-time equated pupils in grades K to 12 actually               

                                                                                

5   enrolled and in regular daily attendance on the pupil membership            

                                                                                

6   count day for the current school year, plus the product of .2               

                                                                                

7   times the final audited count from the supplemental count day for           

                                                                                

8   the immediately preceding school year.  All pupil counts used in            

                                                                                

9   this subsection are as determined by the department and                     

                                                                                

10  calculated by adding the number of pupils registered for                    

                                                                                

11  attendance plus pupils received by transfer and minus pupils lost           

                                                                                

12  as defined by rules promulgated by the superintendent, and as               

                                                                                

13  corrected by a subsequent department audit.  The amount of the              

                                                                                

14  foundation allowance for a pupil in membership is determined                

                                                                                

15  under section 20.  In making the calculation of membership, all             

                                                                                

16  of the following, as applicable, apply to determining the                   

                                                                                

17  membership of a district, public school academy, university                 

                                                                                

18  school, or intermediate district:                                           

                                                                                

19      (a) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, and                    

                                                                                

20  pursuant to subsection (6), a pupil shall be counted in                     

                                                                                

21  membership in the pupil's educating district or districts.  An              

                                                                                

22  individual pupil shall not be counted for more than a total of              

                                                                                

23  1.0 full-time equated membership.                                           

                                                                                

24      (b) If a pupil is educated in a district other than the                     

                                                                                

25  pupil's district of residence, if the pupil is not being educated           

                                                                                

26  as part of a cooperative education program, if the pupil's                  

                                                                                

27  district of residence does not give the educating district its              


                                                                                

1   approval to count the pupil in membership in the educating                  

                                                                                

2   district, and if the pupil is not covered by an exception                   

                                                                                

3   specified in subsection (6) to the requirement that the educating           

                                                                                

4   district must have the approval of the pupil's district of                  

                                                                                

5   residence to count the pupil in membership, the pupil shall not             

                                                                                

6   be counted in membership in any district.                                   

                                                                                

7       (c) A special education pupil educated by the intermediate                  

                                                                                

8   district shall be counted in membership in the intermediate                 

                                                                                

9   district.                                                                   

                                                                                

10      (d) A pupil placed by a court or state agency in an                         

                                                                                

11  on-grounds program of a juvenile detention facility, a child                

                                                                                

12  caring institution, or a mental health institution, or a pupil              

                                                                                

13  funded under section 53a, shall be counted in membership in the             

                                                                                

14  district or intermediate district approved by the department to             

                                                                                

15  operate the program.                                                        

                                                                                

16      (e) A pupil enrolled in the Michigan schools for the deaf and               

                                                                                

17  blind shall be counted in membership in the pupil's intermediate            

                                                                                

18  district of residence.                                                      

                                                                                

19      (f) A pupil enrolled in a vocational education program                      

                                                                                

20  supported by a millage levied over an area larger than a single             

                                                                                

21  district or in an area vocational-technical education program               

                                                                                

22  established pursuant to section 690 of the revised school code,             

                                                                                

23  MCL 380.690, shall be counted only in the pupil's district of               

                                                                                

24  residence.                                                                  

                                                                                

25      (g) A pupil enrolled in a university school shall be counted                

                                                                                

26  in membership in the university school.                                     

                                                                                

27      (h) A pupil enrolled in a public school academy shall be                    


                                                                                

1   counted in membership in the public school academy.                         

                                                                                

2       (i) For a new district, university school, or public school                 

                                                                                

3   academy beginning its operation after December 31, 1994,                    

                                                                                

4   membership for the first 2 full or partial fiscal years of                  

                                                                                

5   operation shall be determined as follows:                                   

                                                                                

6                                                                                (i) If operations begin before the pupil membership count day                       

                                                                                

7   for the fiscal year, membership is the average number of                    

                                                                                

8   full-time equated pupils in grades K to 12 actually enrolled and            

                                                                                

9   in regular daily attendance on the pupil membership count day for           

                                                                                

10  the current school year and on the supplemental count day for the           

                                                                                

11  current school year, as determined by the department and                    

                                                                                

12  calculated by adding the number of pupils registered for                    

                                                                                

13  attendance on the pupil membership count day plus pupils received           

                                                                                

14  by transfer and minus pupils lost as defined by rules promulgated           

                                                                                

15  by the superintendent, and as corrected by a subsequent                     

                                                                                

16  department audit, plus the final audited count from the                     

                                                                                

17  supplemental count day for the current school year, and dividing            

                                                                                

18  that sum by 2.                                                              

                                                                                

19      (ii) If operations begin after the pupil membership count day                

                                                                                

20  for the fiscal year and not later than the supplemental count day           

                                                                                

21  for the fiscal year, membership is the final audited count of the           

                                                                                

22  number of full-time equated pupils in grades K to 12 actually               

                                                                                

23  enrolled and in regular daily attendance on the supplemental                

                                                                                

24  count day for the current school year.                                      

                                                                                

25      (j) If a district is the authorizing body for a public school               

                                                                                

26  academy, then, in the first school year in which pupils are                 

                                                                                

27  counted in membership on the pupil membership count day in the              


                                                                                

1   public school academy, the determination of the district's                  

                                                                                

2   membership shall exclude from the district's pupil count for the            

                                                                                

3   immediately preceding supplemental count day any pupils who are             

                                                                                

4   counted in the public school academy on that first pupil                    

                                                                                

5   membership count day who were also counted in the district on the           

                                                                                

6   immediately preceding supplemental count day.                               

                                                                                

7       (k) In a district, public school academy, university school,                

                                                                                

8   or intermediate district operating an extended school year                  

                                                                                

9   program approved by the superintendent, a pupil enrolled, but not           

                                                                                

10  scheduled to be in regular daily attendance on a pupil membership           

                                                                                

11  count day, shall be counted.                                                

                                                                                

12                                                                               (l) Pupils to be counted in membership shall be not less than                       

                                                                                

13  5 years of age on December 1 and less than 20 years of age on               

                                                                                

14  September 1 of the school year except a special education pupil             

                                                                                

15  who is enrolled and receiving instruction in a special education            

                                                                                

16  program or service approved by the department and not having a              

                                                                                

17  high school diploma who is less than 26 years of age as of                  

                                                                                

18  September 1 of the current school year shall be counted in                  

                                                                                

19  membership.                                                                 

                                                                                

20      (m) An individual who has obtained a high school diploma                    

                                                                                

21  shall not be counted in membership.  An individual who has                  

                                                                                

22  obtained a general education development (G.E.D.)  certificate              

                                                                                

23  shall not be counted in membership.  An individual participating            

                                                                                

24  in a job training program funded under former section 107a or a             

                                                                                

25  jobs program funded under former section 107b, administered by              

                                                                                

26  the Michigan strategic fund or the department of career                     

                                                                                

27  development, or participating in any successor of either of those           


                                                                                

1   2 programs, shall not be counted in membership.                             

                                                                                

2       (n) If a pupil counted in membership in a public school                     

                                                                                

3   academy is also educated by a district or intermediate district             

                                                                                

4   as part of a cooperative education program, the pupil shall be              

                                                                                

5   counted in membership only in the public school academy, and the            

                                                                                

6   instructional time scheduled for the pupil in the district or               

                                                                                

7   intermediate district shall be included in the full-time equated            

                                                                                

8   membership determination under subdivision (q).  However, for               

                                                                                

9   pupils receiving instruction in both a public school academy and            

                                                                                

10  in a district or intermediate district but not as a part of a               

                                                                                

11  cooperative education program, the following apply:                         

                                                                                

12                                                                               (i) If the public school academy provides instruction for at                        

                                                                                

13  least 1/2 of the class hours specified in subdivision (q), the              

                                                                                

14  public school academy shall receive as its prorated share of the            

                                                                                

15  full-time equated membership for each of those pupils an amount             

                                                                                

16  equal to 1 times the product of the hours of instruction the                

                                                                                

17  public school academy provides divided by the number of hours               

                                                                                

18  specified in subdivision (q) for full-time equivalency, and the             

                                                                                

19  remainder of the full-time membership for each of those pupils              

                                                                                

20  shall be allocated to the district or intermediate district                 

                                                                                

21  providing the remainder of the hours of instruction.                        

                                                                                

22      (ii) If the public school academy provides instruction for                   

                                                                                

23  less than 1/2 of the class hours specified in subdivision (q),              

                                                                                

24  the district or intermediate district providing the remainder of            

                                                                                

25  the hours of instruction shall receive as its prorated share of             

                                                                                

26  the full-time equated membership for each of those pupils an                

                                                                                

27  amount equal to 1 times the product of the hours of instruction             


                                                                                

1   the district or intermediate district provides divided by the               

                                                                                

2   number of hours specified in subdivision (q) for full-time                  

                                                                                

3   equivalency, and the remainder of the full-time membership for              

                                                                                

4   each of those pupils shall be allocated to the public school                

                                                                                

5   academy.                                                                    

                                                                                

6       (o) An individual less than 16 years of age as of September 1               

                                                                                

7   of the current school year who is being educated in an                      

                                                                                

8   alternative education program shall not be counted in membership            

                                                                                

9   if there are also adult education participants being educated in            

                                                                                

10  the same program or classroom.                                              

                                                                                

11      (p) The department shall give a uniform interpretation of                   

                                                                                

12  full-time and part-time memberships.                                        

                                                                                

13      (q) The number of class hours used to calculate full-time                   

                                                                                

14  equated memberships shall be consistent with section 101(3).  In            

                                                                                

15  determining full-time equated memberships for pupils who are                

                                                                                

16  enrolled in a postsecondary institution, a pupil shall not be               

                                                                                

17  considered to be less than a full-time equated pupil solely                 

                                                                                

18  because of the effect of his or her postsecondary enrollment,               

                                                                                

19  including necessary travel time, on the number of class hours               

                                                                                

20  provided by the district to the pupil.                                      

                                                                                

21      (r) Full-time equated memberships for pupils in kindergarten                

                                                                                

22  shall be determined by dividing the number of class hours                   

                                                                                

23  scheduled and provided per year per kindergarten pupil by a                 

                                                                                

24  number equal to 1/2 the number used for determining full-time               

                                                                                

25  equated memberships for pupils in grades 1 to 12.                           

                                                                                

26      (s) For a district, university school, or public school                     

                                                                                

27  academy that has pupils enrolled in a grade level that was not              


                                                                                

1   offered by the district, university school, or public school                

                                                                                

2   academy in the immediately preceding school year, the number of             

                                                                                

3   pupils enrolled in that grade level to be counted in membership             

                                                                                

4   is the average of the number of those pupils enrolled and in                

                                                                                

5   regular daily attendance on the pupil membership count day and              

                                                                                

6   the supplemental count day of the current school year, as                   

                                                                                

7   determined by the department.  Membership shall be calculated by            

                                                                                

8   adding the number of pupils registered for attendance in that               

                                                                                

9   grade level on the pupil membership count day plus pupils                   

                                                                                

10  received by transfer and minus pupils lost as defined by rules              

                                                                                

11  promulgated by the superintendent, and as corrected by subsequent           

                                                                                

12  department audit, plus the final audited count from the                     

                                                                                

13  supplemental count day for the current school year, and dividing            

                                                                                

14  that sum by 2.                                                              

                                                                                

15      (t) A pupil enrolled in a cooperative education program may                 

                                                                                

16  be counted in membership in the pupil's district of residence               

                                                                                

17  with the written approval of all parties to the cooperative                 

                                                                                

18  agreement.                                                                  

                                                                                

19      (u) If, as a result of a disciplinary action, a district                    

                                                                                

20  determines through the district's alternative or disciplinary               

                                                                                

21  education program that the best instructional placement for a               

                                                                                

22  pupil is in the pupil's home, if that placement is authorized in            

                                                                                

23  writing by the district superintendent and district alternative             

                                                                                

24  or disciplinary education supervisor, and if the district                   

                                                                                

25  provides appropriate instruction as described in this subdivision           

                                                                                

26  to the pupil at the pupil's home, the district may count the                

                                                                                

27  pupil in membership on a pro rata basis, with the proration based           


                                                                                

1   on the number of hours of instruction the district actually                 

                                                                                

2   provides to the pupil divided by the number of hours specified in           

                                                                                

3   subdivision (q) for full-time equivalency.  For the purposes of             

                                                                                

4   this subdivision, a district shall be considered to be providing            

                                                                                

5   appropriate instruction if all of the following are met:                    

                                                                                

6                                                                                (i) The district provides at least 2 nonconsecutive hours of                        

                                                                                

7   instruction per week to the pupil at the pupil's home under the             

                                                                                

8   supervision of a certificated teacher.                                      

                                                                                

9       (ii) The district provides instructional materials,                          

                                                                                

10  resources, and supplies, except computers, that are comparable to           

                                                                                

11  those otherwise provided in the district's alternative education            

                                                                                

12  program.                                                                    

                                                                                

13      (iii) Course content is comparable to that in the district's                 

                                                                                

14  alternative education program.                                              

                                                                                

15      (iv) Credit earned is awarded to the pupil and placed on the                 

                                                                                

16  pupil's transcript.                                                         

                                                                                

17      (v) A pupil enrolled in an alternative or disciplinary                      

                                                                                

18  education program described in section 25 shall be counted in               

                                                                                

19  membership in the district or public school academy that expelled           

                                                                                

20  the pupil.                                                                  

                                                                                

21      (w) If a pupil was enrolled in a public school academy on the               

                                                                                

22  pupil membership count day, if the public school academy's                  

                                                                                

23  contract with its authorizing body is revoked, and if the pupil             

                                                                                

24  enrolls in a district within 45 days after the pupil membership             

                                                                                

25  count day, the department shall adjust the district's pupil count           

                                                                                

26  for the pupil membership count day to include the pupil in the              

                                                                                

27  count.                                                                      


                                                                                

1       (x) For a public school academy that has been in operation                  

                                                                                

2   for at least 2 years and that suspended operations for at least 1           

                                                                                

3   semester and is resuming operations, membership is the sum of the           

                                                                                

4   product of .8 times the number of full-time equated pupils in               

                                                                                

5   grades K to 12 actually enrolled and in regular daily attendance            

                                                                                

6   on the first pupil membership count day or supplemental count               

                                                                                

7   day, whichever is first, occurring after operations resume, plus            

                                                                                

8   the product of .2 times the final audited count from the most               

                                                                                

9   recent pupil membership count day or supplemental count day that            

                                                                                

10  occurred before suspending operations, as determined by the                 

                                                                                

11  superintendent.                                                             

                                                                                

12      (y) If a district's membership for a particular fiscal year,                

                                                                                

13  as otherwise calculated under this subsection, would be less than           

                                                                                

14  1,550 pupils and the district has 4.5 or fewer pupils per square            

                                                                                

15  mile, as determined by the department, the district's membership            

                                                                                

16  shall be considered to be the membership figure calculated under            

                                                                                

17  this subdivision.   However, beginning in 2003-2004, this                   

                                                                                

18  subdivision applies only to districts located in the Lower                  

                                                                                

19  Peninsula.  If a district educates and counts in its membership             

                                                                                

20  pupils in grades 9 to 12 who reside in a contiguous district that           

                                                                                

21  does not operate grades 9 to 12 and if 1 or both of the affected            

                                                                                

22  districts request the department to use the determination allowed           

                                                                                

23  under this sentence, the department shall include the square                

                                                                                

24  mileage of both districts in determining the number of pupils per           

                                                                                

25  square mile for each of the districts for the purposes of this              

                                                                                

26  subdivision.  The membership figure calculated under this                   

                                                                                

27  subdivision is the greater of the following:                                


                                                                                

1                                                                                (i) The average of the district's membership for the                                

                                                                                

2   3-fiscal-year period ending with that fiscal year, calculated by            

                                                                                

3   adding the district's actual membership for each of those 3                 

                                                                                

4   fiscal years, as otherwise calculated under this subsection, and            

                                                                                

5   dividing the sum of those 3 membership figures by 3.                        

                                                                                

6       (ii) The district's actual membership for that fiscal year as                

                                                                                

7   otherwise calculated under this subsection.                                 

                                                                                

8       (z) If a public school academy that is not in its first or                  

                                                                                

9   second year of operation closes at the end of a school year and             

                                                                                

10  does not reopen for the next school year, the department shall              

                                                                                

11  adjust the membership count of the district in which a former               

                                                                                

12  pupil of the public school academy enrolls and is in regular                

                                                                                

13  daily attendance for the next school year to ensure that the                

                                                                                

14  district receives the same amount of membership aid for the pupil           

                                                                                

15  as if the pupil were counted in the district on the supplemental            

                                                                                

16  count day of the preceding school year.                                     

                                                                                

17      (5) "Public school academy" means a public school academy or                

                                                                                

18  strict discipline academy operating under the revised school                

                                                                                

19  code.                                                                       

                                                                                

20      (6) "Pupil" means a person in membership in a public school.                

                                                                                

21  A district must have the approval of the pupil's district of                

                                                                                

22  residence to count the pupil in membership, except approval by              

                                                                                

23  the pupil's district of residence shall not be required for any             

                                                                                

24  of the following:                                                           

                                                                                

25      (a) A nonpublic part-time pupil enrolled in grades 1 to 12 in               

                                                                                

26  accordance with section 166b.                                               

                                                                                

27      (b) A pupil receiving 1/2 or less of his or her instruction                 


                                                                                

1   in a district other than the pupil's district of residence.                 

                                                                                

2       (c) A pupil enrolled in a public school academy or university               

                                                                                

3   school.                                                                     

                                                                                

4       (d) A pupil enrolled in a district other than the pupil's                   

                                                                                

5   district of residence under an intermediate district schools of             

                                                                                

6   choice pilot program as described in section 91a or former                  

                                                                                

7   section 91 if the intermediate district and its constituent                 

                                                                                

8   districts have been exempted from section 105.                              

                                                                                

9       (e) A pupil enrolled in a district other than the pupil's                   

                                                                                

10  district of residence but within the same intermediate district             

                                                                                

11  if the educating district enrolls nonresident pupils in                     

                                                                                

12  accordance with section 105.                                                

                                                                                

13      (f) A pupil enrolled in a district other than the pupil's                   

                                                                                

14  district of residence if the pupil has been continuously enrolled           

                                                                                

15  in the educating district since a school year in which the pupil            

                                                                                

16  enrolled in the educating district under section 105 or 105c and            

                                                                                

17  in which the educating district enrolled nonresident pupils in              

                                                                                

18  accordance with section 105 or 105c.                                        

                                                                                

19      (g) A pupil who has made an official written complaint or                   

                                                                                

20  whose parent or legal guardian has made an official written                 

                                                                                

21  complaint to law enforcement officials and to school officials of           

                                                                                

22  the pupil's district of residence that the pupil has been the               

                                                                                

23  victim of a criminal sexual assault or other serious assault, if            

                                                                                

24  the official complaint either indicates that the assault occurred           

                                                                                

25  at school or that the assault was committed by 1 or more other              

                                                                                

26  pupils enrolled in the school the pupil would otherwise attend in           

                                                                                

27  the district of residence or by an employee of the district of              


                                                                                

1   residence.  A person who intentionally makes a false report of a            

                                                                                

2   crime to law enforcement officials for the purposes of this                 

                                                                                

3   subdivision is subject to section 411a of the Michigan penal                

                                                                                

4   code, 1931 PA 328, MCL 750.411a, which provides criminal                    

                                                                                

5   penalties for that conduct.  As used in this subdivision:                   

                                                                                

6                                                                                (i) "At school" means in a classroom, elsewhere on school                           

                                                                                

7   premises, on a school bus or other school-related vehicle, or at            

                                                                                

8   a school-sponsored activity or event whether or not it is held on           

                                                                                

9   school premises.                                                            

                                                                                

10      (ii) "Serious assault" means an act that constitutes a felony                

                                                                                

11  violation of chapter XI of the Michigan penal code, 1931 PA 328,            

                                                                                

12  MCL 750.81 to 750.90g, or that constitutes an assault and                   

                                                                                

13  infliction of serious or aggravated injury under section 81a of             

                                                                                

14  the Michigan penal code, 1931 PA 328, MCL 750.81a.                          

                                                                                

15      (h) A pupil enrolled in a district located in a contiguous                  

                                                                                

16  intermediate district, as described in section 105c, if the                 

                                                                                

17  educating district enrolls those nonresident pupils in accordance           

                                                                                

18  with section 105c.                                                          

                                                                                

19      (i) A pupil whose district of residence changed after the                   

                                                                                

20  pupil membership count day and before the supplemental count day            

                                                                                

21  and who continues to be enrolled on the supplemental count day as           

                                                                                

22  a nonresident in the district in which he or she was enrolled as            

                                                                                

23  a resident on the pupil membership count day of the same school             

                                                                                

24  year.                                                                       

                                                                                

25      (j) A pupil enrolled in an alternative education program                    

                                                                                

26  operated by a district other than his or her district of                    

                                                                                

27  residence who meets 1 or more of the following:                             


                                                                                

1                                                                                (i) The pupil has been suspended or expelled from his or her                        

                                                                                

2   district of residence for any reason, including, but not limited            

                                                                                

3   to, a suspension or expulsion under section 1310, 1311, or 1311a            

                                                                                

4   of the revised school code, MCL 380.1310, 380.1311, and                     

                                                                                

5   380.1311a.                                                                  

                                                                                

6       (ii) The pupil had previously dropped out of school.                         

                                                                                

7       (iii) The pupil is pregnant or is a parent.                                  

                                                                                

8       (iv) The pupil has been referred to the program by a court.                  

                                                                                

9       (k) A pupil enrolled in the Michigan virtual high school, for               

                                                                                

10  the pupil's enrollment in the Michigan virtual high school.                 

                                                                                

11      However, if a district that is not a first class district                   

                                                                                

12  educates pupils who reside in a first class district and if the             

                                                                                

13  primary instructional site for those pupils is located within the           

                                                                                

14  boundaries of the first class district, the educating district              

                                                                                

15  must have the approval of the first class district to count those           

                                                                                

16  pupils in membership.  As used in this subsection, "first class             

                                                                                

17  district" means a district organized as a school district of the            

                                                                                

18  first class under the revised school code.                                  

                                                                                

19      (7) "Pupil membership count day" of a district or                           

                                                                                

20  intermediate district means:                                                

                                                                                

21      (a) Except as provided in subdivision (b), the fourth                       

                                                                                

22  Wednesday in September each school year.                                    

                                                                                

23      (b) For a district or intermediate district maintaining                     

                                                                                

24  school during the entire school year, the following days:                   

                                                                                

25                                                                               (i) Fourth Wednesday in July.                                                       

                                                                                

26      (ii) Fourth Wednesday in September.                                          

                                                                                

27      (iii) Second Wednesday in February.                                          


                                                                                

1       (iv) Fourth Wednesday in April.                                              

                                                                                

2       (8) "Pupils in grades K to 12 actually enrolled and in                      

                                                                                

3   regular daily attendance" means pupils in grades K to 12 in                 

                                                                                

4   attendance and receiving instruction in all classes for which               

                                                                                

5   they are enrolled on the pupil membership count day or the                  

                                                                                

6   supplemental count day, as applicable.  A pupil who is absent               

                                                                                

7   from any of the classes in which the pupil is enrolled on the               

                                                                                

8   pupil membership count day or supplemental count day and who does           

                                                                                

9   not attend each of those classes during the 10 consecutive school           

                                                                                

10  days immediately following the pupil membership count day or                

                                                                                

11  supplemental count day, except for a pupil who has been excused             

                                                                                

12  by the district, shall not be counted as 1.0 full-time equated              

                                                                                

13  membership.  In addition, a pupil who is excused from attendance            

                                                                                

14  on the pupil membership count day or supplemental count day and             

                                                                                

15  who fails to attend each of the classes in which the pupil is               

                                                                                

16  enrolled within 30 calendar days after the pupil membership count           

                                                                                

17  day or supplemental count day shall not be counted as 1.0                   

                                                                                

18  full-time equated membership.  Pupils not counted as 1.0                    

                                                                                

19  full-time equated membership due to an absence from a class shall           

                                                                                

20  be counted as a prorated membership for the classes the pupil               

                                                                                

21  attended.  For purposes of this subsection, "class" means a                 

                                                                                

22  period of time in 1 day when pupils and a certificated teacher or           

                                                                                

23  legally qualified substitute teacher are together and instruction           

                                                                                

24  is taking place.                                                            

                                                                                

25      (9) "Rule" means a rule promulgated pursuant to the                         

                                                                                

26  administrative procedures act of 1969, 1969 PA 306, MCL 24.201 to           

                                                                                

27  24.328.                                                                     


                                                                                

1       (10) "The revised school code" means 1976 PA 451, MCL 380.1                 

                                                                                

2   to 380.1852.                                                                

                                                                                

3       (11) "School fiscal year" means a fiscal year that commences                

                                                                                

4   July 1 and continues through June 30.                                       

                                                                                

5       (12) "State board" means the state board of education.                      

                                                                                

6       (13) "Superintendent", unless the context clearly refers to a               

                                                                                

7   district or intermediate district superintendent, means the                 

                                                                                

8   superintendent of public instruction described in section 3 of              

                                                                                

9   article VIII of the state constitution of 1963.                             

                                                                                

10      (14) "Supplemental count day" means the day on which the                    

                                                                                

11  supplemental pupil count is conducted under section 6a.                     

                                                                                

12      (15) "Tuition pupil" means a pupil of school age attending                  

                                                                                

13  school in a district other than the pupil's district of residence           

                                                                                

14  for whom tuition may be charged.  Tuition pupil does not include            

                                                                                

15  a pupil who is a special education pupil or a pupil described in            

                                                                                

16  subsection (6)(d) to (k).  A pupil's district of residence shall            

                                                                                

17  not require a high school tuition pupil, as provided under                  

                                                                                

18  section 111, to attend another school district after the pupil              

                                                                                

19  has been assigned to a school district.                                     

                                                                                

20      (16) "State school aid fund" means the state school aid fund                

                                                                                

21  established in section 11 of article IX of the state constitution           

                                                                                

22  of 1963.                                                                    

                                                                                

23      (17) "Taxable value" means the taxable value of property as                 

                                                                                

24  determined under section 27a of the general property tax act,               

                                                                                

25  1893 PA 206, MCL 211.27a.                                                   

                                                                                

26      (18) "Total state aid" or "total state school aid" means the                

                                                                                

27  total combined amount of all funds due to a district,                       


                                                                                

1   intermediate district, or other entity under all of the                     

                                                                                

2   provisions of this act.                                                     

                                                                                

3       (19) "University school" means an instructional program                     

                                                                                

4   operated by a public university under section 23 that meets the             

                                                                                

5   requirements of section 23.                                                 

                                                                                

6       Sec. 8b.  (1) The department shall assign a district code to                

                                                                                

7   each public school academy that is authorized under the revised             

                                                                                

8   school code and is eligible to receive funding under this act               

                                                                                

9   within 30 days after a contract is submitted to the department by           

                                                                                

10  the authorizing body of a public school academy.                            

                                                                                

11      (2) If the department does not assign a district code to a                  

                                                                                

12  public school academy  in a timely manner  within the 30-day                

                                                                                

13  period described in subsection (1), the department of treasury              

                                                                                

14  may  shall assign a temporary district code to the public school           

                                                                                

15  academy for the purpose of making payments under this act.                  

                                                                                

16      Sec. 11.  (1)  For the fiscal year ending September 30,                     

                                                                                

17  2002, there is appropriated for the public schools of this state            

                                                                                

18  and certain other state purposes relating to education the sum of           

                                                                                

19  $10,990,148,200.00 from the state school aid fund established by            

                                                                                

20  section 11 of article IX of the state constitution of 1963 and              

                                                                                

21  the sum of $198,413,500.00 from the general fund.  For the fiscal           

                                                                                

22  year ending September 30, 2003, there is appropriated for the               

                                                                                

23  public schools of this state and certain other state purposes               

                                                                                

24  relating to education the sum of $11,259,441,400.00 from the                

                                                                                

25  state school aid fund established by section 11 of article IX of            

                                                                                

26  the state constitution of 1963, the sum of $198,413,500.00 from             

                                                                                

27  the general fund, and the sum of $700,000.00 from local                     


     House Bill No. 4401 (H-1) as amended April 10, 2003

   

1   revenues.  However, if legislation authorizing the transfer of              

                                                                                

2   $79,500,000.00 from the Michigan employment security act                    

                                                                                

3   contingent fund, penalties and interest subaccount, is not                  

                                                                                

4   enacted and in effect on or before October 1, 2002, there is                

                                                                                

5   instead appropriated from the general fund for 2002-2003 the sum            

                                                                                

6   of $122,656,500.00.  For the fiscal year ending September 30,               

                                                                                

7   2004, there is appropriated for the public schools of this state            

                                                                                

8   and certain other state purposes relating to education the sum of           

                                                                                

9   $11,246,667,400.00  $11,063,658,400.00 from the state school aid           

                                                                                

10  fund established by section 11 of article IX of the state                   

                                                                                

11  constitution of 1963 and the sum of [$198,413,500.00 $206,870,100.00] from the    

                                                                                

12  general fund.  Upon certification by the state treasurer that the           

                                                                                

13  school bond loan fund debt owed by this state under 1961 PA 112,            

                                                                                

14  MCL 388.981 to 388.985, has been refinanced, the net proceeds               

                                                                                

15  from that transaction shall be deposited in the state school aid            

                                                                                

16  fund. In addition, available federal funds are appropriated for             

                                                                                

17  each of those fiscal years.                                                 

                                                                                

18      (2) The appropriations under this section shall be allocated                

                                                                                

19  as provided in this act.  Money appropriated under this section             

                                                                                

20  from the general fund  and from available federal funds  shall be           

                                                                                

21  expended to fund the purposes of this act before the expenditure            

                                                                                

22  of money appropriated under this section from the state school              

                                                                                

23  aid fund.  If the maximum amount appropriated under this section            

                                                                                

24  from the state school aid fund for a fiscal year exceeds the                

                                                                                

25  amount necessary to fully fund allocations under this act from              

                                                                                

26  the state school aid fund, that excess amount shall not be                  

                                                                                

27  expended in that state fiscal year and shall not lapse to the               


                                                                                

1   general fund, but instead shall remain in the state school aid              

                                                                                

2   fund.                                                                       

                                                                                

3       (3) If the maximum amount appropriated under this section                   

                                                                                

4   and section 11f  from the state school aid fund for a fiscal               

                                                                                

5   year exceeds the amount available for expenditure from the state            

                                                                                

6   school aid fund for that fiscal year, payments under sections               

                                                                                

7   11f, 11g, 22a, 31d, 51a(2), and 51c shall be made in full.   In             

                                                                                

8   addition, for districts beginning operations after 1994-95 that             

                                                                                

9   qualify for payments under section 22b, payments under section              

                                                                                

10  22b shall be made so that the qualifying districts receive an               

                                                                                

11  amount equal to the 1994-95 foundation allowance of the district            

                                                                                

12  in which the district beginning operations after 1994-95 is                 

                                                                                

13  located.  The amount of the payment to be made under section 22b            

                                                                                

14  for these qualifying districts shall be as calculated under                 

                                                                                

15  section 22a, with the balance of the payment under section 22b              

                                                                                

16  being subject to the proration otherwise provided under this                

                                                                                

17  subsection.  State payments under  each of the  other sections of           

                                                                                

18  this act from  all  state funding sources shall be  prorated on             

                                                                                

19  an equal percentage basis  reduced as necessary to reflect the              

                                                                                

20  amount available for expenditure from the state school aid fund             

                                                                                

21  for that fiscal year, using a reduction method determined by the            

                                                                                

22  state budget director to be a fair and equitable method of                  

                                                                                

23  reducing payments to all districts However, if  If the                   

                                                                                

24  department of treasury determines that  proration  a reduction              

                                                                                

25  will be required under this subsection, the department of                   

                                                                                

26  treasury shall notify the state budget director, and the state              

                                                                                

27  budget director shall notify the legislature at least 30 calendar           


                                                                                

1   days or 6 legislative session days, whichever is more, before the           

                                                                                

2   department reduces any payments under this act because of the               

                                                                                

3   proration  reductionThis notification shall include a                   

                                                                                

4   description of the method the state budget director will use to             

                                                                                

5   make the necessary reduction. During the 30 calendar day or 6               

                                                                                

6   legislative session day period after that notification by the               

                                                                                

7   state budget director, the department shall not reduce any                  

                                                                                

8   payments under this act because of  proration under  this                   

                                                                                

9   subsection.  The legislature may prevent  proration  a reduction            

                                                                                

10  from occurring by, within the 30 calendar day or 6 legislative              

                                                                                

11  session day period after that notification by the state budget              

                                                                                

12  director, enacting legislation appropriating additional funds               

                                                                                

13  from the general fund, countercyclical budget and economic                  

                                                                                

14  stabilization fund, state school aid fund balance, or another               

                                                                                

15  source to fund the amount of the projected shortfall.                       

                                                                                

16      (4) Except for the allocation under section 26a, any general                

                                                                                

17  fund allocations under this act that are not expended by the end            

                                                                                

18  of the state fiscal year are transferred to the state school aid            

                                                                                

19  fund.                                                                       

                                                                                

20      Sec. 11f.  (1)  In addition to any other money appropriated                 

                                                                                

21  under this act, there is appropriated from the state school aid             

                                                                                

22  fund  From the appropriations under section 11, there is                    

                                                                                

23  allocated for the purposes of this section an amount not to                 

                                                                                

24  exceed $32,000,000.00  each fiscal year for the fiscal year                 

                                                                                

25  ending September 30, 2002, for the fiscal year ending September             

                                                                                

26  30, 2003,  for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2004  ,  and            

                                                                                

27  for each succeeding fiscal year through the fiscal year ending              


                                                                                

1   September 30, 2008.  Payments under this section will cease after           

                                                                                

2   September 30, 2008.  These  appropriations  allocations are for             

                                                                                

3   paying the amounts described in subsection (4) to districts and             

                                                                                

4   intermediate districts, other than those receiving a lump sum               

                                                                                

5   payment under subsection (2), that were not plaintiffs in the               

                                                                                

6   consolidated cases known as Durant v State of Michigan, Michigan            

                                                                                

7   supreme court docket no. 104458-104492 and that, on or before               

                                                                                

8   March 2, 1998, submitted to the state treasurer a board                     

                                                                                

9   resolution waiving any right or interest the district or                    

                                                                                

10  intermediate district has or may have in any claim or litigation            

                                                                                

11  based on or arising out of any claim or potential claim through             

                                                                                

12  September 30, 1997 that is or was similar to the claims asserted            

                                                                                

13  by the plaintiffs in the consolidated cases known as Durant v               

                                                                                

14  State of Michigan.  The waiver resolution shall be in form and              

                                                                                

15  substance as required under subsection  (8)  (7).  The state                

                                                                                

16  treasurer is authorized to accept such a waiver resolution on               

                                                                                

17  behalf of this state.  The amounts described in this subsection             

                                                                                

18  represent offers of settlement and compromise of any claim or               

                                                                                

19  claims that were or could have been asserted by these districts             

                                                                                

20  and intermediate districts, as described in this subsection.                

                                                                                

21      (2) In addition to any other money appropriated under this                  

                                                                                

22  act, there was appropriated from the state school aid fund an               

                                                                                

23  amount not to exceed $1,700,000.00 for the fiscal year ending               

                                                                                

24  September 30, 1999.  This appropriation was for paying the                  

                                                                                

25  amounts described in this subsection to districts and                       

                                                                                

26  intermediate districts that were not plaintiffs in the                      

                                                                                

27  consolidated cases known as Durant v State of Michigan; that, on            


                                                                                

1   or before March 2, 1998, submitted to the state treasurer a board           

                                                                                

2   resolution waiving any right or interest the district or                    

                                                                                

3   intermediate district had or may have had in any claim or                   

                                                                                

4   litigation based on or arising out of any claim or potential                

                                                                                

5   claim through September 30, 1997 that is or was similar to the              

                                                                                

6   claims asserted by the plaintiffs in the consolidated cases known           

                                                                                

7   as Durant v State of Michigan; and for which the total amount               

                                                                                

8   listed in section 11h and paid under this section was less than             

                                                                                

9   $75,000.00.  For a district or intermediate district qualifying             

                                                                                

10  for a payment under this subsection, the entire amount listed for           

                                                                                

11  the district or intermediate district in section 11h was paid in            

                                                                                

12  a lump sum on November 15, 1998 or on the next business day                 

                                                                                

13  following that date.  The amounts paid under this subsection                

                                                                                

14  represent offers of settlement and compromise of any claim or               

                                                                                

15  claims that were or could have been asserted by these districts             

                                                                                

16  and intermediate districts, as described in this subsection.                

                                                                                

17      (3) This section does not create any obligation or liability                

                                                                                

18  of this state to any district or intermediate district that does            

                                                                                

19  not submit a waiver resolution described in this section.  This             

                                                                                

20  section, any other provision of this act, and section 353e of the           

                                                                                

21  management and budget act, 1984 PA 431, MCL 18.1353e, are not               

                                                                                

22  intended to admit liability or waive any defense that is or would           

                                                                                

23  be available to this state or its agencies, employees, or agents            

                                                                                

24  in any litigation or future litigation with a district or                   

                                                                                

25  intermediate district.                                                      

                                                                                

26      (4) The amount paid each fiscal year to each district or                    

                                                                                

27  intermediate district under subsection (1) shall be 1/20 of the             


                                                                                

1   total amount listed in section 11h for each listed district or              

                                                                                

2   intermediate district that qualifies for a payment under                    

                                                                                

3   subsection (1).  The amounts listed in section 11h and paid in              

                                                                                

4   part under this subsection and in a lump sum under subsection (2)           

                                                                                

5   are offers of settlement and compromise to each of these                    

                                                                                

6   districts or intermediate districts to resolve, in their                    

                                                                                

7   entirety, any claim or claims that these districts or                       

                                                                                

8   intermediate districts may have asserted for violations of                  

                                                                                

9   section 29 of article IX of the state constitution of 1963                  

                                                                                

10  through September 30, 1997, which claims are or were similar to             

                                                                                

11  the claims asserted by the plaintiffs in the consolidated cases             

                                                                                

12  known as Durant v State of Michigan.  This section, any other               

                                                                                

13  provision of this act, and section 353e of the management and               

                                                                                

14  budget act, 1984 PA 431, MCL 18.1353e, shall not be construed to            

                                                                                

15  constitute an admission of liability to the districts or                    

                                                                                

16  intermediate districts listed in section 11h or a waiver of any             

                                                                                

17  defense that is or would have been available to the state or its            

                                                                                

18  agencies, employees, or agents in any litigation or future                  

                                                                                

19  litigation with a district or intermediate district.                        

                                                                                

20      (5) The entire amount of each payment under subsection (1)                  

                                                                                

21  each fiscal year shall be paid on November 15 of the applicable             

                                                                                

22  fiscal year or on the next business day following that date.                

                                                                                

23      (6) Funds paid to a district or intermediate district under                 

                                                                                

24  this section shall be used only for textbooks, electronic                   

                                                                                

25  instructional material, software, technology, infrastructure or             

                                                                                

26  infrastructure improvements, school buses, school security,                 

                                                                                

27  training for technology, or to pay debt service on voter-approved           


                                                                                

1   bonds issued by the district or intermediate district before the            

                                                                                

2   effective date of this section.  For intermediate districts only,           

                                                                                

3   funds paid under this section may also be used for other                    

                                                                                

4   nonrecurring instructional expenditures including, but not                  

                                                                                

5   limited to, nonrecurring instructional expenditures for                     

                                                                                

6   vocational education, or for debt service for acquisition of                

                                                                                

7   technology for academic support services.  Funds received by an             

                                                                                

8   intermediate district under this section may be used for projects           

                                                                                

9   conducted for the benefit of its constituent districts at the               

                                                                                

10  discretion of the intermediate board.  To the extent payments               

                                                                                

11  under this section are used by a district or intermediate                   

                                                                                

12  district to pay debt service on debt payable from millage                   

                                                                                

13  revenues, and to the extent permitted by law, the district or               

                                                                                

14  intermediate district may make a corresponding reduction in the             

                                                                                

15  number of mills levied for that debt service.                               

                                                                                

16      (7) The appropriations under this section are from the money                

                                                                                

17  appropriated and transferred to the state school aid fund from              

                                                                                

18  the countercyclical budget and economic stabilization fund under            

                                                                                

19  section 353e(2) and (3) of the management and budget act, 1984              

                                                                                

20  PA 431, MCL 18.1353e.                                                       

                                                                                

21      (7)  (8)  The resolution to be adopted and submitted by a                   

                                                                                

22  district or intermediate district under this section and section            

                                                                                

23  11g shall read as follows:                                                  

                                                                                

24      "Whereas, the board of ____________________ (name of district               

                                                                                

25  or intermediate district) desires to settle and compromise, in              

                                                                                

26  their entirety, any claim or claims that the district (or                   

                                                                                

27  intermediate district) has or had for violations of section 29 of           


                                                                                

1   article IX of the state constitution of 1963, which claim or                

                                                                                

2   claims are or were similar to the claims asserted by the                    

                                                                                

3   plaintiffs in the consolidated cases known as Durant v State of             

                                                                                

4   Michigan, Michigan supreme court docket no. 104458-104492.                  

                                                                                

5       Whereas, the district (or intermediate district) agrees to                  

                                                                                

6   settle and compromise these claims for the consideration                    

                                                                                

7   described in sections 11f and 11g of the state school aid act of            

                                                                                

8   1979, 1979 PA 94, MCL 388.1611f and 388.1611g, and in the amount            

                                                                                

9   specified for the district (or intermediate district) in                    

                                                                                

10  section 11h of the state school aid act of 1979, 1979 PA 94,                

                                                                                

11  MCL 388.1611h.                                                              

                                                                                

12      Whereas, the board of _______________ (name of district or                  

                                                                                

13  intermediate district) is authorized to adopt this resolution.              

                                                                                

14      Now, therefore, be it resolved as follows:                                  

                                                                                

15                                                                               1.  The board of ____________________ (name of district or                          

                                                                                

16  intermediate district) waives any right or interest it may have             

                                                                                

17  in any claim or potential claim through September 30, 1997                  

                                                                                

18  relating to the amount of funding the district or intermediate              

                                                                                

19  district is, or may have been, entitled to receive under the                

                                                                                

20  state school aid act of 1979, 1979 PA 94, MCL 388.1601 to                   

                                                                                

21  388.1772, or any other source of state funding, by reason of the            

                                                                                

22  application of section 29 of article IX of the state constitution           

                                                                                

23  of 1963, which claims or potential claims are or were similar to            

                                                                                

24  the claims asserted by the plaintiffs in the consolidated cases             

                                                                                

25  known as Durant v State of Michigan, Michigan supreme court                 

                                                                                

26  docket no. 104458-104492.                                                   

                                                                                

27                                                                               2.  The board of ____________________ (name of district or                          


                                                                                

1   intermediate district) directs its secretary to submit a                    

                                                                                

2   certified copy of this resolution to the state treasurer no later           

                                                                                

3   than 5 p.m. eastern standard time on March 2, 1998, and agrees              

                                                                                

4   that it will not take any action to amend or rescind this                   

                                                                                

5   resolution.                                                                 

                                                                                

6                                                                                3.  The board of ____________________ (name of district or                          

                                                                                

7   intermediate district) expressly agrees and understands that, if            

                                                                                

8   it takes any action to amend or rescind this resolution, the                

                                                                                

9   state, its agencies, employees, and agents shall have available             

                                                                                

10  to them any privilege, immunity, and/or defense that would                  

                                                                                

11  otherwise have been available had the claims or potential claims            

                                                                                

12  been actually litigated in any forum.                                       

                                                                                

13                                                                               4.  This resolution is contingent on continued payments by                          

                                                                                

14  the state each fiscal year as determined under sections 11f and             

                                                                                

15  11g of the state school aid act of 1979, 1979 PA 94,                        

                                                                                

16  MCL 388.1611f and 388.1611g.  However, this resolution shall be             

                                                                                

17  an irrevocable waiver of any claim to amounts actually received             

                                                                                

18  by the school district or intermediate school district under                

                                                                                

19  sections 11f and 11g of the state school aid act of 1979.".                 

                                                                                

20      Sec. 11g.  (1) From the general fund  money appropriated                    

                                                                                

21  appropriation in section 11, there is allocated an amount not to            

                                                                                

22  exceed  $40,000,000.00  $141,000.00 each fiscal year for the                

                                                                                

23  fiscal year ending  September 30, 2002, for the fiscal year                 

                                                                                

24  ending September 30, 2003, for the fiscal year ending                       

                                                                                

25  September 30, 2004  ,  and for the fiscal year ending September             

                                                                                

26  30, 2005.  There is allocated an amount not to exceed                       

                                                                                

27  $34,200,000.00 for each succeeding fiscal year through the fiscal           


                                                                                

1   year ending September 30, 2013.  Payments under this section will           

                                                                                

2   cease after September 30, 2013.  These  appropriations                      

                                                                                

3   allocations are for paying the amounts described in                         

                                                                                

4   subsection (3) to districts and intermediate districts, other               

                                                                                

5   than those receiving a lump sum payment under section 11f(2),               

                                                                                

6   that were not plaintiffs in the consolidated cases known as                 

                                                                                

7   Durant v State of Michigan, Michigan supreme court docket                   

                                                                                

8   no. 104458-104492 and that, on or before March 2, 1998, submitted           

                                                                                

9   to the state treasurer a waiver resolution described in section             

                                                                                

10  11f.  The amounts paid under this section represent offers of               

                                                                                

11  settlement and compromise of any claim or claims that were or               

                                                                                

12  could have been asserted by these districts and intermediate                

                                                                                

13  districts, as described in this section.                                    

                                                                                

14      (2) This section does not create any obligation or liability                

                                                                                

15  of this state to any district or intermediate district that does            

                                                                                

16  not submit a waiver resolution described in section 11f.  This              

                                                                                

17  section, any other provision of this act, and section 353e of the           

                                                                                

18  management and budget act, 1984 PA 431, MCL 18.1353e, are not               

                                                                                

19  intended to admit liability or waive any defense that is or would           

                                                                                

20  be available to this state or its agencies, employees, or agents            

                                                                                

21  in any litigation or future litigation with a district or                   

                                                                                

22  intermediate district regarding these claims or potential                   

                                                                                

23  claims.                                                                     

                                                                                

24      (3) The amount paid each fiscal year to each district or                    

                                                                                

25  intermediate district under this section shall be the sum of the            

                                                                                

26  following:                                                                  

                                                                                

27      (a) 1/30 of the total amount listed in section 11h for the                  


                                                                                

1   district or intermediate district.                                          

                                                                                

2       (b) If the district or intermediate district borrows money                  

                                                                                

3   and issues bonds under section 11i, an additional amount in each            

                                                                                

4   fiscal year calculated by the department of treasury that, when             

                                                                                

5   added to the amount described in subdivision (a), will cause the            

                                                                                

6   net present value as of November 15, 1998 of the total of the 15            

                                                                                

7   annual payments made to the district or intermediate district               

                                                                                

8   under this section, discounted at a rate as determined by the               

                                                                                

9   state treasurer, to equal the amount of the bonds issued by that            

                                                                                

10  district or intermediate district under section 11i and that will           

                                                                                

11  result in the total payments made to all districts and                      

                                                                                

12  intermediate districts in each fiscal year under this section               

                                                                                

13  being no more than the amount appropriated under this section in            

                                                                                

14  each fiscal year.                                                           

                                                                                

15      (4) The entire amount of each payment under this section each               

                                                                                

16  fiscal year shall be paid on May 15 of the applicable fiscal year           

                                                                                

17  or on the next business day following that date.  If a district             

                                                                                

18  or intermediate district borrows money and issues bonds under               

                                                                                

19  section 11i, the district or intermediate district shall use                

                                                                                

20  funds received under this section to pay debt service on bonds              

                                                                                

21  issued under section 11i.  If a district or intermediate district           

                                                                                

22  does not borrow money and issue bonds under section 11i, the                

                                                                                

23  district or intermediate district shall use funds received under            

                                                                                

24  this section only for the following purposes, in the following              

                                                                                

25  order of priority:                                                          

                                                                                

26      (a) First, to pay debt service on voter-approved bonds issued               

                                                                                

27  by the district or intermediate district before the effective               


                                                                                

1   date of this section.                                                       

                                                                                

2       (b) Second, to pay debt service on other limited tax                        

                                                                                

3   obligations.                                                                

                                                                                

4       (c) Third, for deposit into a sinking fund established by the               

                                                                                

5   district or intermediate district under the revised school code.            

                                                                                

6       (5) To the extent payments under this section are used by a                 

                                                                                

7   district or intermediate district to pay debt service on debt               

                                                                                

8   payable from millage revenues, and to the extent permitted by               

                                                                                

9   law, the district or intermediate district may make a                       

                                                                                

10  corresponding reduction in the number of mills levied for debt              

                                                                                

11  service.                                                                    

                                                                                

12      (6) A district or intermediate district may pledge or assign                

                                                                                

13  payments under this section as security for bonds issued under              

                                                                                

14  section 11i, but shall not otherwise pledge or assign payments              

                                                                                

15  under this section.                                                         

                                                                                

16      Sec. 18.  (1) Except as provided in another section of this                 

                                                                                

17  act, each district or other entity shall apply the money received           

                                                                                

18  by the district or entity under this act to salaries and other              

                                                                                

19  compensation of teachers and other employees, tuition,                      

                                                                                

20  transportation, lighting, heating, ventilation, water service,              

                                                                                

21  the purchase of textbooks which are designated by the board to be           

                                                                                

22  used in the schools under the board's charge, other supplies, and           

                                                                                

23  any other school operating expenditures defined in section 7.               

                                                                                

24  However, not more than 20% of the total amount received by a                

                                                                                

25  district under article 2 or intermediate district under article 8           

                                                                                

26  may be transferred by the board to either the capital projects              

                                                                                

27  fund or to the debt retirement fund for debt service.  The money            


                                                                                

1   shall not be applied or taken for a purpose other than as                   

                                                                                

2   provided in this section.  The department shall determine the               

                                                                                

3   reasonableness of expenditures and may withhold from a recipient            

                                                                                

4   of funds under this act the apportionment otherwise due for the             

                                                                                

5   fiscal year following the discovery by the department of a                  

                                                                                

6   violation by the recipient.                                                 

                                                                                

7       (2) For the purpose of determining the reasonableness of                    

                                                                                

8   expenditures and whether a violation of this act has occurred,              

                                                                                

9   the department shall require that each district and intermediate            

                                                                                

10  district have an audit of the district's or intermediate                    

                                                                                

11  district's financial and pupil accounting records conducted at              

                                                                                

12  least annually at the expense of the district or intermediate               

                                                                                

13  district, as applicable, by a certified public accountant or by             

                                                                                

14  the intermediate district superintendent, as may be required by             

                                                                                

15  the department, or in the case of a district of the first class             

                                                                                

16  by a certified public accountant, the intermediate                          

                                                                                

17  superintendent, or the auditor general of the city.  An                     

                                                                                

18  intermediate district's annual financial audit shall be                     

                                                                                

19  accompanied by the intermediate district's pupil accounting                 

                                                                                

20  procedures report.  A district's or intermediate district's                 

                                                                                

21  annual financial audit shall include an analysis of the financial           

                                                                                

22  and pupil accounting data used as the basis for distribution of             

                                                                                

23  state school aid.  The pupil accounting records and reports,                

                                                                                

24  audits, and management letters are subject to requirements                  

                                                                                

25  established in the auditing and accounting manuals approved and             

                                                                                

26  published by the department.  Except as otherwise provided in               

                                                                                

27  this subsection, a district shall file the annual financial audit           


                                                                                

1   reports with the intermediate district not later than 120 days              

                                                                                

2   after the end of each school fiscal year and the intermediate               

                                                                                

3   district shall forward the annual financial audit reports for its           

                                                                                

4   constituent districts and for the intermediate district, and the            

                                                                                

5   pupil accounting procedures report for the pupil membership count           

                                                                                

6   day and supplemental count day, to the department not later than            

                                                                                

7   November 15 of each year.  The annual financial audit reports and           

                                                                                

8   pupil accounting procedures reports shall be available to the               

                                                                                

9   public in compliance with the freedom of information act, 1976              

                                                                                

10  PA 442, MCL 15.231 to 15.246.  Not later than December 1 of each            

                                                                                

11  year, the department shall notify the state budget director and             

                                                                                

12  the legislative appropriations subcommittees responsible for                

                                                                                

13  review of the school aid budget of districts and intermediate               

                                                                                

14  districts that have not filed an annual financial audit and pupil           

                                                                                

15  accounting procedures report required under this section for the            

                                                                                

16  school year ending in the immediately preceding fiscal year.                

                                                                                

17      (3)  Each  By November 15 of each year, each district and                   

                                                                                

18  intermediate district shall  file with the department by                    

                                                                                

19  November 15 of each year an annual comprehensive financial                  

                                                                                

20  report, known as "Form B", on a form and in the manner prescribed           

                                                                                

21  by the department  submit to the center, in a manner prescribed             

                                                                                

22  by the center, annual comprehensive financial data consistent               

                                                                                

23  with accounting manuals and charts of accounts approved and                 

                                                                                

24  published by the department.                                                

                                                                                

25      (4) By September 30 of each year, each district and                         

                                                                                

26  intermediate district shall file with the department the special            

                                                                                

27  education actual cost report, known as "SE-4096", on a form and             


                                                                                

1   in the manner prescribed by the department.                                 

                                                                                

2       (5) By October 7 of each year, each district and intermediate               

                                                                                

3   district shall file with the department the transportation                  

                                                                                

4   expenditure report, known as "SE-4094", on a form and in the                

                                                                                

5   manner prescribed by the department.                                        

                                                                                

6       (6)  (4)  Not later than July 1, 1999, the department shall                 

                                                                                

7   approve and publish pupil accounting and pupil auditing manuals.            

                                                                                

8   The department shall review those manuals at least annually and             

                                                                                

9   shall periodically update those manuals to reflect changes in               

                                                                                

10  this act.  The pupil accounting manuals in effect for the 1996-97           

                                                                                

11  school year, including subsequent revisions issued by the                   

                                                                                

12  superintendent, shall be the interim manuals in effect until new            

                                                                                

13  manuals are approved and published.  However, the clarification             

                                                                                

14  of class-by-class accounting provided in the department's April             

                                                                                

15  15, 1998 memorandum on pupil accounting procedures shall be                 

                                                                                

16  excluded from the interim manuals.                                          

                                                                                

17      (7)  (5)  If a district that is a public school academy                     

                                                                                

18  purchases property using money received under this act, the                 

                                                                                

19  public school academy shall retain ownership of the property                

                                                                                

20  unless the public school academy sells the property at fair                 

                                                                                

21  market value.                                                               

                                                                                

22      (8)  (6)  If a district or intermediate district does not                   

                                                                                

23  comply with subsection (2),  or  (3), (4), or (5), the department           

                                                                                

24  shall withhold all state school aid due to the district or                  

                                                                                

25  intermediate district under this act, beginning with the next               

                                                                                

26  payment due to the district or intermediate district, until the             

                                                                                

27  district or intermediate district complies with subsections (2),            


                                                                                

1   and  (3), (4), and (5).  If the district or intermediate                   

                                                                                

2   district does not comply with subsections (2),  and  (3), (4),              

                                                                                

3   and (5) by the end of the fiscal year, the district or                      

                                                                                

4   intermediate district forfeits the amount withheld.                         

                                                                                

5       Sec. 19.  (1) A district shall comply with  the  any                        

                                                                                

6   requirements of sections 1204a, 1277, 1278, and 1280 of the                 

                                                                                

7   revised school code, MCL 380.1204a, 380.1277, 380.1278, and                 

                                                                                

8   380.1280, commonly referred to as "public act 25 of 1990" that              

                                                                                

9   are not also required by the no child left behind act of 2001,              

                                                                                

10  Public Law 107-110, 115 Stat. 1425, as determined by the                    

                                                                                

11  department.                                                                 

                                                                                

12      (2) Each district and intermediate district shall provide to                

                                                                                

13  the department, in a form and manner prescribed by the                      

                                                                                

14  department, information necessary for the development of an                 

                                                                                

15  annual progress report on the required implementation of sections           

                                                                                

16  1204a, 1277, 1278, and 1280 of the revised school code,                     

                                                                                

17  MCL 380.1204a, 380.1277, 380.1278, and 380.1280, commonly                   

                                                                                

18  referred to as "public act 25 of 1990".   Additionally, each                

                                                                                

19  district and intermediate district shall provide to the                     

                                                                                

20  department of information technology, in a form and manner                  

                                                                                

21  prescribed by the department of information technology, on the              

                                                                                

22  achievement of national education goals, and information                    

                                                                                

23  necessary for the development of other performance reports.                 

                                                                                

24      (3) A district or intermediate district shall comply with all               

                                                                                

25  applicable reporting requirements specified in the no child left            

                                                                                

26  behind act of 2001, Public Law 107-110, 115 Stat. 1425, and any             

                                                                                

27  other reporting required by the national center for education               


                                                                                

1   statistics.  Data provided to the center, in a form and manner              

                                                                                

2   prescribed by the center, shall be aggregated and disaggregated             

                                                                                

3   as required by the no child left behind act of 2001, Public Law             

                                                                                

4   107-110, 115 Stat. 1425, and any other reporting required by the            

                                                                                

5   national center for education statistics.                                   

                                                                                

6       (4) Each district shall furnish to the center not later than                

                                                                                

7   7 weeks after the pupil membership count day, in a manner                   

                                                                                

8   prescribed by the center, the information necessary for the                 

                                                                                

9   preparation of the district and high school completion report.              

                                                                                

10  The center shall calculate an annual completion and pupil dropout           

                                                                                

11  rate for each high school, each district, and this state, in                

                                                                                

12  compliance with nationally recognized standards for these                   

                                                                                

13  calculations.  The center shall report all completion and dropout           

                                                                                

14  rates to the senate and house education committees and                      

                                                                                

15  appropriations committees, the state budget director, and the               

                                                                                

16  department not later than June 1 of each year.                              

                                                                                

17      (5) A district shall furnish to the center, in a manner                     

                                                                                

18  prescribed by the center, information related to teachers and               

                                                                                

19  other educational personnel as necessary for reporting required             

                                                                                

20  by the no child left behind act of 2001, Public Law 107-110, 115            

                                                                                

21  Stat. 1425, and any other reporting required by the equal                   

                                                                                

22  employment opportunity commission, office of civil rights, or the           

                                                                                

23  national center for education statistics not later than December            

                                                                                

24  15 of each year.                                                            

                                                                                

25      (6)  (3)  If a district or intermediate district fails to                   

                                                                                

26  meet the requirements of subsection (2),  and sections 1204a,               

                                                                                

27  1277, and 1278 of the revised school code, MCL 380.1204a,                   


                                                                                

1   380.1277, and 380.1278,  (3), (4), or (5), the department shall             

                                                                                

2   withhold 5% of the total funds for which the district or                    

                                                                                

3   intermediate district qualifies under this act until the district           

                                                                                

4   or intermediate district complies with all of those  sections               

                                                                                

5   subsections.  If the district or intermediate district does not             

                                                                                

6   comply with all of those  sections  subsections by the end of the           

                                                                                

7   fiscal year, the department shall place the amount withheld in an           

                                                                                

8   escrow account until the district or intermediate district                  

                                                                                

9   complies with all of those  sections  subsections.                          

                                                                                

10      (7)  (4)  If a school in a district is not accredited under                 

                                                                                

11  section 1280 of the revised school code, MCL 380.1280, or is not            

                                                                                

12  making satisfactory progress toward meeting the standards for               

                                                                                

13  that accreditation, the department shall withhold 5% of the total           

                                                                                

14  funds for which the district qualifies under this act that are              

                                                                                

15  attributable to pupils attending that school.  The department               

                                                                                

16  shall place the amount withheld from a district under this                  

                                                                                

17  subsection in an escrow account and shall not release the funds             

                                                                                

18  to the district until the district submits to the department a              

                                                                                

19  plan for achieving accreditation for each of the district's                 

                                                                                

20  schools that are not accredited under section 1280 of the revised           

                                                                                

21  school code, MCL 380.1280, or are not making satisfactory                   

                                                                                

22  progress toward meeting the standards for that accreditation.               

                                                                                

23      Sec. 20.  (1)  For 2001-2002, the basic foundation allowance                

                                                                                

24  is $6,300.00 per membership pupil.  For 2002-2003 and for                   

                                                                                

25  2003-2004, the basic foundation allowance is $6,700.00 per                  

                                                                                

26  membership pupil.                                                           

                                                                                

27      (2) The amount of each district's foundation allowance shall                


                                                                                

1   be calculated as provided in this section, using a basic                    

                                                                                

2   foundation allowance in the amount specified in subsection (1).             

                                                                                

3       (3) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the amount                

                                                                                

4   of a district's foundation allowance shall be calculated as                 

                                                                                

5   follows, using in all calculations the total amount of the                  

                                                                                

6   district's foundation allowance as calculated before any                    

                                                                                

7   proration:                                                                  

                                                                                

8       (a) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, for a                  

                                                                                

9   district that in the immediately preceding state fiscal year had            

                                                                                

10  a foundation allowance in an amount at least equal to the amount            

                                                                                

11  of the basic foundation allowance for the immediately preceding             

                                                                                

12  state fiscal year, the district shall receive a foundation                  

                                                                                

13  allowance in an amount equal to the sum of the district's                   

                                                                                

14  foundation allowance for the immediately preceding state fiscal             

                                                                                

15  year plus the dollar amount of the adjustment from the                      

                                                                                

16  immediately preceding state fiscal year to the current state                

                                                                                

17  fiscal year in the basic foundation allowance.  However, for                

                                                                                

18  2002-2003, the foundation allowance for a district under this               

                                                                                

19  subdivision is an amount equal to the sum of the district's                 

                                                                                

20  foundation allowance for the immediately preceding state fiscal             

                                                                                

21  year plus $200.00.                                                          

                                                                                

22      (b) For a district that in the 1994-95 state fiscal year had                

                                                                                

23  a foundation allowance greater than $6,500.00, the district's               

                                                                                

24  foundation allowance is an amount equal to the sum of the                   

                                                                                

25  district's foundation allowance for the immediately preceding               

                                                                                

26  state fiscal year plus the lesser of the increase in the basic              

                                                                                

27  foundation allowance for the current state fiscal year, as                  


                                                                                

1   compared to the immediately preceding state fiscal year, or the             

                                                                                

2   product of the district's foundation allowance for the                      

                                                                                

3   immediately preceding state fiscal year times the percentage                

                                                                                

4   increase in the United States consumer price index in the                   

                                                                                

5   calendar year ending in the immediately preceding fiscal year as            

                                                                                

6   reported by the May revenue estimating conference conducted under           

                                                                                

7   section 367b of the management and budget act, 1984 PA 431,                 

                                                                                

8   MCL 18.1367b.  For 2002-2003, for a district that in the 1994-95            

                                                                                

9   state fiscal year had a foundation allowance greater than                   

                                                                                

10  $6,500.00, the district's foundation allowance is an amount equal           

                                                                                

11  to the sum of the district's foundation allowance for the                   

                                                                                

12  immediately preceding state fiscal year plus the lesser of                  

                                                                                

13  $200.00 or the product of the district's foundation allowance for           

                                                                                

14  the immediately preceding state fiscal year times the percentage            

                                                                                

15  increase in the United States consumer price index in the                   

                                                                                

16  calendar year ending in the immediately preceding fiscal year as            

                                                                                

17  reported by the May revenue estimating conference conducted under           

                                                                                

18  section 367b of the management and budget act, 1984 PA 431,                 

                                                                                

19  MCL 18.1367b.                                                               

                                                                                

20      (c) For a district that has a foundation allowance that is                  

                                                                                

21  not a whole dollar amount, the district's foundation allowance              

                                                                                

22  shall be rounded up to the nearest whole dollar.                            

                                                                                

23      (d)  Beginning in 2002-2003, for  For a district that                       

                                                                                

24  receives  received a payment under former section 22c for                  

                                                                                

25  2001-2002, the district's 2001-2002 foundation allowance shall be           

                                                                                

26  considered to have been an amount equal to the sum of the                   

                                                                                

27  district's actual 2001-2002 foundation allowance as otherwise               


                                                                                

1   calculated under this section plus the per pupil amount of the              

                                                                                

2   district's equity payment for 2001-2002 under former section                

                                                                                

3   22c.                                                                        

                                                                                

4       (4) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the                    

                                                                                

5   state portion of a district's foundation allowance is an amount             

                                                                                

6   equal to the district's foundation allowance or $6,500.00,                  

                                                                                

7   whichever is less, minus the difference between the product of              

                                                                                

8   the taxable value per membership pupil of all property in the               

                                                                                

9   district that is not a homestead or qualified agricultural                  

                                                                                

10  property times the lesser of 18 mills or the number of mills of             

                                                                                

11  school operating taxes levied by the district in 1993-94 and the            

                                                                                

12  quotient of the ad valorem property tax revenue of the district             

                                                                                

13  captured under 1975 PA 197, MCL 125.1651 to 125.1681, the tax               

                                                                                

14  increment finance authority act, 1980 PA 450, MCL 125.1801 to               

                                                                                

15  125.1830, the local development financing act, 1986 PA 281,                 

                                                                                

16  MCL 125.2151 to 125.2174, or the brownfield redevelopment                   

                                                                                

17  financing act, 1996 PA 381, MCL 125.2651 to 125.2672, divided by            

                                                                                

18  the district's membership excluding special education pupils.               

                                                                                

19  For a district described in subsection (3)(b), the state portion            

                                                                                

20  of the district's foundation allowance is an amount equal to                

                                                                                

21  $6,962.00 plus the difference between the district's foundation             

                                                                                

22  allowance for the current state fiscal year and the district's              

                                                                                

23  foundation allowance for 1998-99, minus the difference between              

                                                                                

24  the product of the taxable value per membership pupil of all                

                                                                                

25  property in the district that is not a homestead or qualified               

                                                                                

26  agricultural property times the lesser of 18 mills or the number            

                                                                                

27  of mills of school operating taxes levied by the district in                


                                                                                

1   1993-94 and the quotient of the ad valorem property tax revenue             

                                                                                

2   of the district captured under 1975 PA 197, MCL 125.1651 to                 

                                                                                

3   125.1681, the tax increment finance authority act, 1980 PA 450,             

                                                                                

4   MCL 125.1801 to 125.1830, the local development financing act,              

                                                                                

5   1986 PA 281, MCL 125.2151 to 125.2174, or the brownfield                    

                                                                                

6   redevelopment financing act, 1996 PA 381, MCL 125.2651 to                   

                                                                                

7   125.2672, divided by the district's membership excluding special            

                                                                                

8   education pupils.  For a district that has a millage reduction              

                                                                                

9   required under section 31 of article IX of the state constitution           

                                                                                

10  of 1963, the state portion of the district's foundation allowance           

                                                                                

11  shall be calculated as if that reduction did not occur.  The                

                                                                                

12  $6,500.00 amount prescribed in this subsection shall be adjusted            

                                                                                

13  each year by an amount equal to the dollar amount of the                    

                                                                                

14  difference between the basic foundation allowance for the current           

                                                                                

15  state fiscal year and $5,000.00,  .  However, beginning in                  

                                                                                

16  2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount prescribed in this subsection               

                                                                                

17  shall be adjusted each year by an amount equal to the dollar                

                                                                                

18  amount of the difference between the basic foundation allowance             

                                                                                

19  for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00,  minus $200.00.            

                                                                                

20      (5) The allocation calculated under this section for a pupil                

                                                                                

21  shall be based on the foundation allowance of the pupil's                   

                                                                                

22  district of residence.  However, for a pupil enrolled pursuant to           

                                                                                

23  section 105 or 105c in a district other than the pupil's district           

                                                                                

24  of residence, the allocation calculated under this section shall            

                                                                                

25  be based on the lesser of the foundation allowance of the pupil's           

                                                                                

26  district of residence or the foundation allowance of the                    

                                                                                

27  educating district.  For a pupil in membership in a K-5, K-6, or            


                                                                                

1   K-8 district who is enrolled in another district in a grade not             

                                                                                

2   offered by the pupil's district of residence, the allocation                

                                                                                

3   calculated under this section shall be based on the foundation              

                                                                                

4   allowance of the educating district if the educating district's             

                                                                                

5   foundation allowance is greater than the foundation allowance of            

                                                                                

6   the pupil's district of residence.  The calculation under this              

                                                                                

7   subsection shall take into account a district's per pupil                   

                                                                                

8   allocation under section 20j(2).                                            

                                                                                

9       (6) Subject to subsection (7) and section 22b(3) and except                 

                                                                                

10  as otherwise provided in this subsection, for pupils in                     

                                                                                

11  membership, other than special education pupils, in a public                

                                                                                

12  school academy or a university school, the allocation calculated            

                                                                                

13  under this section is an amount per membership pupil other than             

                                                                                

14  special education pupils in the public school academy or                    

                                                                                

15  university school equal to the sum of the local school operating            

                                                                                

16  revenue per membership pupil other than special education pupils            

                                                                                

17  for the district in which the public school academy or university           

                                                                                

18  school is located and the state portion of that district's                  

                                                                                

19  foundation allowance, or the sum of the basic foundation                    

                                                                                

20  allowance under subsection (1) plus  $500.00  $300.00, whichever            

                                                                                

21  is less.   However, beginning in 2002-2003, this $500.00 amount             

                                                                                

22  shall instead be $300.00.  Notwithstanding section 101(2), for a            

                                                                                

23  public school academy that begins operations in  2001-2002,                 

                                                                                

24  2002-2003  ,  or 2003-2004, as applicable, after the pupil                  

                                                                                

25  membership count day, the amount per membership pupil calculated            

                                                                                

26  under this subsection shall be adjusted by multiplying that                 

                                                                                

27  amount per membership pupil by the number of hours of pupil                 


                                                                                

1   instruction provided by the public school academy after it begins           

                                                                                

2   operations, as determined by the department, divided by the                 

                                                                                

3   minimum number of hours of pupil instruction required under                 

                                                                                

4   section 101(3).  The result of this calculation shall not exceed            

                                                                                

5   the amount per membership pupil otherwise calculated under this             

                                                                                

6   subsection.                                                                 

                                                                                

7       (7) If more than 25% of the pupils residing within a district               

                                                                                

8   are in membership in 1 or more public school academies located in           

                                                                                

9   the district, then the amount per membership pupil calculated               

                                                                                

10  under this section for a public school academy located in the               

                                                                                

11  district shall be reduced by an amount equal to the difference              

                                                                                

12  between the product of the taxable value per membership pupil of            

                                                                                

13  all property in the district that is not a homestead or qualified           

                                                                                

14  agricultural property times the lesser of 18 mills or the number            

                                                                                

15  of mills of school operating taxes levied by the district in                

                                                                                

16  1993-94 and the quotient of the ad valorem property tax revenue             

                                                                                

17  of the district captured under 1975 PA 197, MCL 125.1651 to                 

                                                                                

18  125.1681, the tax increment finance authority act, 1980 PA 450,             

                                                                                

19  MCL 125.1801 to 125.1830, the local development financing act,              

                                                                                

20  1986 PA 281, MCL 125.2151 to 125.2174, or the brownfield                    

                                                                                

21  redevelopment financing act, 1996 PA 381, MCL 125.2651 to                   

                                                                                

22  125.2672, divided by the district's membership excluding special            

                                                                                

23  education pupils, in the school fiscal year ending in the current           

                                                                                

24  state fiscal year, calculated as if the resident pupils in                  

                                                                                

25  membership in 1 or more public school academies located in the              

                                                                                

26  district were in membership in the district.  In order to receive           

                                                                                

27  state school aid under this act, a district described in this               


                                                                                

1   subsection shall pay to the authorizing body that is the fiscal             

                                                                                

2   agent for a public school academy located in the district for               

                                                                                

3   forwarding to the public school academy an amount equal to that             

                                                                                

4   local school operating revenue per membership pupil for each                

                                                                                

5   resident pupil in membership other than special education pupils            

                                                                                

6   in the public school academy, as determined by the department.              

                                                                                

7       (8) If a district does not receive an amount calculated under               

                                                                                

8   subsection (9); if the number of mills the district may levy on a           

                                                                                

9   homestead and qualified agricultural property under                         

                                                                                

10  section 1211(1) of the revised school code, MCL 380.1211, is 0.5            

                                                                                

11  mills or less; and if the district elects not to levy those                 

                                                                                

12  mills, the district instead shall receive a separate supplemental           

                                                                                

13  amount calculated under this subsection in an amount equal to the           

                                                                                

14  amount the district would have received had it levied those                 

                                                                                

15  mills, as determined by the department of treasury.  A district             

                                                                                

16  shall not receive a separate supplemental amount calculated under           

                                                                                

17  this subsection for a fiscal year unless in the calendar year               

                                                                                

18  ending in the fiscal year the district levies 18 mills or the               

                                                                                

19  number of mills of school operating taxes levied by the district            

                                                                                

20  in 1993, whichever is less, on property that is not a homestead             

                                                                                

21  or qualified agricultural property.                                         

                                                                                

22      (9) For a district that had combined state and local revenue                

                                                                                

23  per membership pupil in the 1993-94 state fiscal year of more               

                                                                                

24  than $6,500.00 and that had fewer than 350 pupils in membership,            

                                                                                

25  if the district elects not to reduce the number of mills from               

                                                                                

26  which a homestead and qualified agricultural property are exempt            

                                                                                

27  and not to levy school operating taxes on a homestead and                   


                                                                                

1   qualified agricultural property as provided in section 1211(1) of           

                                                                                

2   the revised school code, MCL 380.1211, and not to levy school               

                                                                                

3   operating taxes on all property as provided in section 1211(2) of           

                                                                                

4   the revised school code, MCL 380.1211, there is calculated under            

                                                                                

5   this subsection for 1994-95 and each succeeding fiscal year a               

                                                                                

6   separate supplemental amount in an amount equal to the amount the           

                                                                                

7   district would have received per membership pupil had it levied             

                                                                                

8   school operating taxes on a homestead and qualified agricultural            

                                                                                

9   property at the rate authorized for the district under                      

                                                                                

10  section 1211(1) of the revised school code, MCL 380.1211, and               

                                                                                

11  levied school operating taxes on all property at the rate                   

                                                                                

12  authorized for the district under section 1211(2) of the revised            

                                                                                

13  school code, MCL 380.1211, as determined by the department of               

                                                                                

14  treasury.  If in the calendar year ending in the fiscal year a              

                                                                                

15  district does not levy 18 mills or the number of mills of school            

                                                                                

16  operating taxes levied by the district in 1993, whichever is                

                                                                                

17  less, on property that is not a homestead or qualified                      

                                                                                

18  agricultural property, the amount calculated under this                     

                                                                                

19  subsection will be reduced by the same percentage as the millage            

                                                                                

20  actually levied compares to the 18 mills or the number of mills             

                                                                                

21  levied in 1993, whichever is less.                                          

                                                                                

22      (10) For a district that is formed or reconfigured after                    

                                                                                

23  June 1, 2002 by consolidation of 2 or more districts or by                  

                                                                                

24  annexation, the resulting district's foundation allowance under             

                                                                                

25  this section beginning after the effective date of the                      

                                                                                

26  consolidation or annexation shall be the  lesser of an amount               

                                                                                

27  equal to the sum of the highest foundation allowance, as                    


                                                                                

1   calculated under this section, among the original or affected               

                                                                                

2   districts plus $50.00 or an amount equal to $6,500.00 adjusted by           

                                                                                

3   the dollar amount of the difference between the basic foundation            

                                                                                

4   allowance under this section for the current state fiscal year              

                                                                                

5   and $5,000.00.  However, beginning in 2002-2003, the $6,500.00              

                                                                                

6   amount prescribed in this subsection shall be adjusted each year            

                                                                                

7   by an amount equal to the dollar amount of the difference between           

                                                                                

8   the basic foundation allowance for the current state fiscal year            

                                                                                

9   and $5,000.00, minus $200.00.  average of the foundation                    

                                                                                

10  allowances of each of the original or affected districts,                   

                                                                                

11  calculated as provided in this section, weighted as to the                  

                                                                                

12  percentage of pupils in total membership in the resulting                   

                                                                                

13  district who reside in the geographic area of each of the                   

                                                                                

14  original or affected districts.                                             

                                                                                

15      (11) Each fraction used in making calculations under this                   

                                                                                

16  section shall be rounded to the fourth decimal place and the                

                                                                                

17  dollar amount of an increase in the basic foundation allowance              

                                                                                

18  shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar.                               

                                                                                

19      (12) State payments related to payment of the foundation                    

                                                                                

20  allowance for a special education pupil are not calculated under            

                                                                                

21  this section but are instead calculated under section 51a.                  

                                                                                

22      (13) To assist the legislature in determining the basic                     

                                                                                

23  foundation allowance for the subsequent state fiscal year, each             

                                                                                

24  revenue estimating conference conducted under section 367b of the           

                                                                                

25  management and budget act, 1984 PA 431, MCL 18.1367b, shall                 

                                                                                

26  calculate a pupil membership factor, a revenue adjustment factor,           

                                                                                

27  and an index as follows:                                                    


                                                                                

1       (a) The pupil membership factor shall be computed by dividing               

                                                                                

2   the estimated membership in the school year ending in the current           

                                                                                

3   state fiscal year, excluding intermediate district membership, by           

                                                                                

4   the estimated membership for the school year ending in the                  

                                                                                

5   subsequent state fiscal year, excluding intermediate district               

                                                                                

6   membership.  If a consensus membership factor is not determined             

                                                                                

7   at the revenue estimating conference, the principals of the                 

                                                                                

8   revenue estimating conference shall report their estimates to the           

                                                                                

9   house and senate subcommittees responsible for school aid                   

                                                                                

10  appropriations not later than 7 days after the conclusion of the            

                                                                                

11  revenue conference.                                                         

                                                                                

12      (b) The revenue adjustment factor shall be computed by                      

                                                                                

13  dividing the sum of the estimated total state school aid fund               

                                                                                

14  revenue for the subsequent state fiscal year plus the estimated             

                                                                                

15  total state school aid fund revenue for the current state fiscal            

                                                                                

16  year, adjusted for any change in the rate or base of a tax the              

                                                                                

17  proceeds of which are deposited in that fund and excluding money            

                                                                                

18  transferred into that fund from the countercyclical budget and              

                                                                                

19  economic stabilization fund under section 353e of the management            

                                                                                

20  and budget act, 1984 PA 431, MCL 18.1353e, by the sum of the                

                                                                                

21  estimated total school aid fund revenue for the current state               

                                                                                

22  fiscal year plus the estimated total state school aid fund                  

                                                                                

23  revenue for the immediately preceding state fiscal year, adjusted           

                                                                                

24  for any change in the rate or base of a tax the proceeds of which           

                                                                                

25  are deposited in that fund.  If a consensus revenue factor is not           

                                                                                

26  determined at the revenue estimating conference, the principals             

                                                                                

27  of the revenue estimating conference shall report their estimates           


                                                                                

1   to the house and senate subcommittees responsible for school aid            

                                                                                

2   appropriations not later than 7 days after the conclusion of the            

                                                                                

3   revenue conference.                                                         

                                                                                

4       (c) The index shall be calculated by multiplying the pupil                  

                                                                                

5   membership factor by the revenue adjustment factor.  However, for           

                                                                                

6   2003-2004 only, the index shall be 1.00. If a consensus index is            

                                                                                

7   not determined at the revenue estimating conference, the                    

                                                                                

8   principals of the revenue estimating conference shall report                

                                                                                

9   their estimates to the house and senate subcommittees responsible           

                                                                                

10  for school aid appropriations not later than 7 days after the               

                                                                                

11  conclusion of the revenue conference.                                       

                                                                                

12      (14) If the principals at the revenue estimating conference                 

                                                                                

13  reach a consensus on the index described in subsection (13)(c),             

                                                                                

14  the basic foundation allowance for the subsequent state fiscal              

                                                                                

15  year shall be at least the amount of that consensus index                   

                                                                                

16  multiplied by the basic foundation allowance specified in                   

                                                                                

17  subsection (1).                                                             

                                                                                

18      (15) If at the January revenue estimating conference it is                  

                                                                                

19  estimated that pupil membership, excluding intermediate district            

                                                                                

20  membership, for the subsequent state fiscal year will be greater            

                                                                                

21  than 101% of the pupil membership, excluding intermediate                   

                                                                                

22  district membership, for the current state fiscal year, then it             

                                                                                

23  is the intent of the legislature that the executive budget                  

                                                                                

24  proposal for the school aid budget for the subsequent state                 

                                                                                

25  fiscal year include a general fund/general purpose allocation               

                                                                                

26  sufficient to support the membership in excess of 101% of the               

                                                                                

27  current year pupil membership.                                              


                                                                                

1       (16) For a district that had combined state and local revenue               

                                                                                

2   per membership pupil in the 1993-94 state fiscal year of more               

                                                                                

3   than $6,500.00, that had fewer than 7 pupils in membership in the           

                                                                                

4   1993-94 state fiscal year, that has at least 1 child educated in            

                                                                                

5   the district in the current state fiscal year, and that levies              

                                                                                

6   the number of mills of school operating taxes authorized for the            

                                                                                

7   district under section 1211 of the revised school code,                     

                                                                                

8   MCL 380.1211, a minimum amount of combined state and local                  

                                                                                

9   revenue shall be calculated for the district as provided under              

                                                                                

10  this subsection.  The minimum amount of combined state and local            

                                                                                

11  revenue for 1999-2000 shall be $67,000.00 plus the district's               

                                                                                

12  additional expenses to educate pupils in grades 9 to 12 educated            

                                                                                

13  in other districts as determined and allowed by the department.             

                                                                                

14  The minimum amount of combined state and local revenue under this           

                                                                                

15  subsection, before adding the additional expenses, shall increase           

                                                                                

16  each fiscal year by the same percentage increase as the                     

                                                                                

17  percentage increase in the basic foundation allowance from the              

                                                                                

18  immediately preceding fiscal year to the current fiscal year.               

                                                                                

19  The state portion of the minimum amount of combined state and               

                                                                                

20  local revenue under this subsection shall be calculated by                  

                                                                                

21  subtracting from the minimum amount of combined state and local             

                                                                                

22  revenue under this subsection the sum of the district's local               

                                                                                

23  school operating revenue and an amount equal to the product of              

                                                                                

24  the sum of the state portion of the district's foundation                   

                                                                                

25  allowance plus the amount calculated under section 20j times the            

                                                                                

26  district's membership.  As used in this subsection, "additional             

                                                                                

27  expenses" means the district's expenses for tuition or fees, not            


                                                                                

1   to exceed $6,500.00 as adjusted each year by an amount equal to             

                                                                                

2   the dollar amount of the difference between the basic foundation            

                                                                                

3   allowance for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00, minus            

                                                                                

4   $200.00, plus a room and board stipend not to exceed $10.00 per             

                                                                                

5   school day for each pupil in grades 9 to 12 educated in another             

                                                                                

6   district, as approved by the department.   However, beginning in            

                                                                                

7   2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount prescribed in this subsection               

                                                                                

8   shall be adjusted each year by an amount equal to the dollar                

                                                                                

9   amount of the difference between the basic foundation allowance             

                                                                                

10  for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00, minus $200.00.             

                                                                                

11      (17) For a district in which 7.75 mills levied in 1992 for                  

                                                                                

12  school operating purposes in the 1992-93 school year were not               

                                                                                

13  renewed in 1993 for school operating purposes in the 1993-94                

                                                                                

14  school year, the district's combined state and local revenue per            

                                                                                

15  membership pupil shall be recalculated as if that millage                   

                                                                                

16  reduction did not occur and the district's foundation allowance             

                                                                                

17  shall be calculated as if its 1994-95 foundation allowance had              

                                                                                

18  been calculated using that recalculated 1993-94 combined state              

                                                                                

19  and local revenue per membership pupil as a base.  A district is            

                                                                                

20  not entitled to any retroactive payments for fiscal years before            

                                                                                

21  2000-2001 due to this subsection.                                           

                                                                                

22      (18) For a district in which an industrial facilities                       

                                                                                

23  exemption certificate that abated taxes on property with a state            

                                                                                

24  equalized valuation greater than the total state equalized                  

                                                                                

25  valuation of the district at the time the certificate was issued            

                                                                                

26  or $700,000,000.00, whichever is greater, was issued under 1974             

                                                                                

27  PA 198, MCL 207.551 to 207.572, before the calculation of the               


                                                                                

1   district's 1994-95 foundation allowance, the district's                     

                                                                                

2   foundation allowance for 2002-2003 is an amount equal to the sum            

                                                                                

3   of the district's foundation allowance for 2002-2003, as                    

                                                                                

4   otherwise calculated under this section, plus $250.00.                      

                                                                                

5       (19) For a district that received a grant under former                      

                                                                                

6   section 32e for 2001-2002, the district's foundation allowance              

                                                                                

7   for 2002-2003 shall be adjusted to be an amount equal to the sum            

                                                                                

8   of the district's foundation allowance, as otherwise calculated             

                                                                                

9   under this section, plus the quotient of the amount of the grant            

                                                                                

10  award to the district for 2001-2002 under former section 32e                

                                                                                

11  divided by the district's membership for 2001-2002, and the                 

                                                                                

12  district's foundation allowance for 2003-2004 shall be adjusted             

                                                                                

13  to be an amount equal to the sum of the district's foundation               

                                                                                

14  allowance, as otherwise calculated under this section, plus the             

                                                                                

15  quotient of 75.25% of the amount of the grant award to the                  

                                                                                

16  district for 2001-2002 under former section 32e divided by the              

                                                                                

17  district's membership for 2001-2002.  A district qualifying for a           

                                                                                

18  foundation allowance adjustment under this section shall use the            

                                                                                

19  funds resulting from this adjustment for purposes allowable under           

                                                                                

20  former section 32e as in effect for 2001-2002.                              

                                                                                

21      (20) For a district that is a qualifying school district with               

                                                                                

22  a school reform board in place under part 5a of the revised                 

                                                                                

23  school code, MCL 380.371 to 380.376, the district's foundation              

                                                                                

24  allowance for 2002-2003 shall be adjusted to be an amount equal             

                                                                                

25  to the sum of the district's foundation allowance, as otherwise             

                                                                                

26  calculated under this section, plus the quotient of                         

                                                                                

27  $15,000,000.00 divided by the district's membership for                     


                                                                                

1   2002-2003.  If a district ceases to meet the requirements of this           

                                                                                

2   subsection, the department shall adjust the district's foundation           

                                                                                

3   allowance in effect at that time based on a 2002-2003 foundation            

                                                                                

4   allowance for the district that does not include the 2002-2003              

                                                                                

5   adjustment under this subsection.  This subsection only applies             

                                                                                

6   for 2002-2003.                                                              

                                                                                

7       (21) Payments to districts, university schools, or public                   

                                                                                

8   school academies shall not be made under this section.  Rather,             

                                                                                

9   the calculations under this section shall be used to determine              

                                                                                

10  the amount of state payments under section 22b.                             

                                                                                

11      (22) If an amendment to section 2 of article VIII of the                    

                                                                                

12  state constitution of 1963 allowing state aid to some or all                

                                                                                

13  nonpublic schools is approved by the voters of this state, each             

                                                                                

14  foundation allowance or per pupil payment calculation under this            

                                                                                

15  section may be reduced.                                                     

                                                                                

16      (23) As used in this section:                                               

                                                                                

17      (a) "Combined state and local revenue" means the aggregate of               

                                                                                

18  the district's state school aid received by or paid on behalf of            

                                                                                

19  the district under this section and the district's local school             

                                                                                

20  operating revenue.                                                          

                                                                                

21      (b) "Combined state and local revenue per membership pupil"                 

                                                                                

22  means the district's combined state and local revenue divided by            

                                                                                

23  the district's membership excluding special education pupils.               

                                                                                

24      (c) "Current state fiscal year" means the state fiscal year                 

                                                                                

25  for which a particular calculation is made.                                 

                                                                                

26      (d) "Homestead" means that term as defined in section 1211 of               

                                                                                

27  the revised school code, MCL 380.1211.                                      


                                                                                

1       (e) "Immediately preceding state fiscal year" means the state               

                                                                                

2   fiscal year immediately preceding the current state fiscal year.            

                                                                                

3       (f) "Local school operating revenue" means school operating                 

                                                                                

4   taxes levied under section 1211 of the revised school code,                 

                                                                                

5   MCL 380.1211.                                                               

                                                                                

6       (g) "Local school operating revenue per membership pupil"                   

                                                                                

7   means a district's local school operating revenue divided by the            

                                                                                

8   district's membership excluding special education pupils.                   

                                                                                

9       (h) "Membership" means the definition of that term under                    

                                                                                

10  section 6 as in effect for the particular fiscal year for which a           

                                                                                

11  particular calculation is made.                                             

                                                                                

12      (i) "Qualified agricultural property" means that term as                    

                                                                                

13  defined in section 1211 of the revised school code,                         

                                                                                

14  MCL 380.1211.                                                               

                                                                                

15      (j) "School operating purposes" means the purposes included                 

                                                                                

16  in the operation costs of the district as prescribed in                     

                                                                                

17  sections 7 and 18.                                                          

                                                                                

18      (k) "School operating taxes" means local ad valorem property                

                                                                                

19  taxes levied under section 1211 of the revised school code,                 

                                                                                

20  MCL 380.1211, and retained for school operating purposes.                   

                                                                                

21                                                                               (l) "Taxable value per membership pupil" means taxable value,                       

                                                                                

22  as certified by the department of treasury, for the calendar year           

                                                                                

23  ending in the current state fiscal year divided by the district's           

                                                                                

24  membership excluding special education pupils for the school year           

                                                                                

25  ending in the current state fiscal year.                                    

                                                                                

26      Sec. 20k.  If the maximum amount appropriated under section                 

                                                                                

27  11 from the state school aid fund for a fiscal year exceeds the             


     House Bill No. 4401 (H-1) as amended April 10, 2003

   

1   amount available for expenditure from the state school aid fund             

                                                                                

2   for that fiscal year so that a district's state school aid is               

                                                                                

3   reduced pursuant to section 11(3), the payments calculated under            

                                                                                

4   section 20j and made under section 22b shall be considered to be            

                                                                                

5   foundation allowance payments for the purpose of determining the            

                                                                                

6   maximum number of mills a district may levy under section 1211(3)           

                                                                                

7   of the revised school code, MCL 380.1211.  However, the amount to           

                                                                                

8   be considered a foundation allowance payment for this purpose               

                                                                                

9   shall not exceed the amount reduced from the district's state aid           

                                                                                

10  payment as a result of the implementation of section 11(3).                 

                                                                                

11      Sec. 20l.  (1) From the state school aid fund money                         

                                                                                

12  appropriated in section 11, there is allocated for 2003-2004 an             

                                                                                

13  amount not to exceed $1,000,000.00 for consolidation incentive              

                                                                                

14  payments to districts under this section.  A district that is               

                                                                                

15  formed by consolidation [, or by the annexation by 1 district of all of the territory of another district,] after June 1, 2002 is eligible to receive       

                                                                                

16  a consolidation incentive payment under this section.  The amount           

                                                                                

17  of a consolidation incentive payment to a district under this               

                                                                                

18  section each fiscal year shall be an amount equal to $50.00 per             

                                                                                

19  pupil in membership in the consolidated district [or in the district formed by the annexation], not to exceed a                                                

                                                                                

20  total payment of $500,000.00.                                               

                                                                                

21      (2) If the amount allocated under this section for a                        

                                                                                

22  particular fiscal year is not sufficient to fully fund payments             

                                                                                

23  to all eligible districts for the fiscal year, the department               

                                                                                

24  shall prorate payments under this section for that fiscal year on           

                                                                                

25  an equal percentage basis.                                                  

                                                                                

26      Sec. 22a.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there                  

                                                                                

27  is allocated an amount not to exceed  $7,022,000,000.00 for                 


                                                                                

1   2001-2002 and an amount not to exceed $6,953,000,000.00 each                

                                                                                

2   fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  $6,849,000,000.00 for 2003-2004              

                                                                                

3   for payments to districts, qualifying university schools, and               

                                                                                

4   qualifying public school academies to guarantee each district,              

                                                                                

5   qualifying university school, and qualifying public school                  

                                                                                

6   academy an amount equal to its 1994-95 total state and local per            

                                                                                

7   pupil revenue for school operating purposes under section 11 of             

                                                                                

8   article IX of the state constitution of 1963.  Pursuant to                  

                                                                                

9   section 11 of article IX of the state constitution of 1963, this            

                                                                                

10  guarantee does not apply to a district in a year in which the               

                                                                                

11  district levies a millage rate for school district operating                

                                                                                

12  purposes less than it levied in 1994.  However, subsection (2)              

                                                                                

13  applies to calculating the payments under this section.  Funds              

                                                                                

14  allocated under this section that are not expended in the state             

                                                                                

15  fiscal year for which they were allocated, as determined by the             

                                                                                

16  department, may be used to supplement the allocations under                 

                                                                                

17  sections 22b and 51c in order to fully fund those calculated                

                                                                                

18  allocations for the same fiscal year.                                       

                                                                                

19      (2) To ensure that a district receives an amount equal to the               

                                                                                

20  district's 1994-95 total state and local per pupil revenue for              

                                                                                

21  school operating purposes, there is allocated to each district a            

                                                                                

22  state portion of the district's 1994-95 foundation allowance in             

                                                                                

23  an amount calculated as follows:                                            

                                                                                

24      (a) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the                    

                                                                                

25  state portion of a district's 1994-95 foundation allowance is an            

                                                                                

26  amount equal to the district's 1994-95 foundation allowance or              

                                                                                

27  $6,500.00, whichever is less, minus the difference between the              


                                                                                

1   product of the taxable value per membership pupil of all property           

                                                                                

2   in the district that is not a homestead or qualified agricultural           

                                                                                

3   property times the lesser of 18 mills or the number of mills of             

                                                                                

4   school operating taxes levied by the district in 1993-94 and the            

                                                                                

5   quotient of the ad valorem property tax revenue of the district             

                                                                                

6   captured under 1975 PA 197, MCL 125.1651 to 125.1681, the tax               

                                                                                

7   increment finance authority act, 1980 PA 450, MCL 125.1801 to               

                                                                                

8   125.1830, the local development financing act, 1986 PA 281,                 

                                                                                

9   MCL 125.2151 to 125.2174, or the brownfield redevelopment                   

                                                                                

10  financing act, 1996 PA 381, MCL 125.2651 to 125.2672, divided by            

                                                                                

11  the district's membership.  For a district that has a millage               

                                                                                

12  reduction required under section 31 of article IX of the state              

                                                                                

13  constitution of 1963, the state portion of the district's                   

                                                                                

14  foundation allowance shall be calculated as if that reduction did           

                                                                                

15  not occur.                                                                  

                                                                                

16      (b) For a district that had a 1994-95 foundation allowance                  

                                                                                

17  greater than $6,500.00, the state payment under this subsection             

                                                                                

18  shall be the sum of the amount calculated under subdivision (a)             

                                                                                

19  plus the amount calculated under this subdivision.  The amount              

                                                                                

20  calculated under this subdivision shall be equal to the                     

                                                                                

21  difference between the district's 1994-95 foundation allowance              

                                                                                

22  minus $6,500.00 and the current year hold harmless school                   

                                                                                

23  operating taxes per pupil.  If the result of the calculation                

                                                                                

24  under subdivision (a) is negative, the negative amount shall be             

                                                                                

25  an offset against any state payment calculated under this                   

                                                                                

26  subdivision.  If the result of a calculation under this                     

                                                                                

27  subdivision is negative, there shall not be a state payment or a            


                                                                                

1   deduction under this subdivision.  The taxable values per                   

                                                                                

2   membership pupil used in the calculations under this subdivision            

                                                                                

3   are as adjusted by ad valorem property tax revenue captured under           

                                                                                

4   1975 PA 197, MCL 125.1651 to 125.1681, the tax increment finance            

                                                                                

5   authority act, 1980 PA 450, MCL 125.1801 to 125.1830, the local             

                                                                                

6   development financing act, 1986 PA 281, MCL 125.2151 to 125.2174,           

                                                                                

7   or the brownfield redevelopment financing act, 1996 PA 381,                 

                                                                                

8   MCL 125.2651 to 125.2672, divided by the district's membership.             

                                                                                

9       (3) For pupils in membership in a qualifying public school                  

                                                                                

10  academy or qualifying university school, there is allocated under           

                                                                                

11  this section  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and            

                                                                                

12  for 2003-2004 to the authorizing body that is the fiscal agent              

                                                                                

13  for the qualifying public school academy for forwarding to the              

                                                                                

14  qualifying public school academy, or to the board of the public             

                                                                                

15  university operating the qualifying university school, an amount            

                                                                                

16  equal to the 1994-95 per pupil payment to the qualifying public             

                                                                                

17  school academy or qualifying university school under section 20.            

                                                                                

18      (4) A district, qualifying university school, or qualifying                 

                                                                                

19  public school academy may use funds allocated under this section            

                                                                                

20  in conjunction with any federal funds for which the district,               

                                                                                

21  qualifying university school, or qualifying public school academy           

                                                                                

22  otherwise would be eligible.                                                

                                                                                

23      (5) For a district that is formed or reconfigured after                     

                                                                                

24  June 1, 2000 by consolidation of 2 or more districts or by                  

                                                                                

25  annexation, the resulting district's 1994-95 foundation allowance           

                                                                                

26  under this section beginning after the effective date of the                

                                                                                

27  consolidation or annexation shall be the average of the 1994-95             


                                                                                

1   foundation allowances of each of the original or affected                   

                                                                                

2   districts, calculated as provided in this section, weighted as to           

                                                                                

3   the percentage of pupils in total membership in the resulting               

                                                                                

4   district in the state fiscal year in which the consolidation                

                                                                                

5   takes place who reside in the geographic area of each of the                

                                                                                

6   original districts.  If an affected district's 1994-95 foundation           

                                                                                

7   allowance is less than the 1994-95 basic foundation allowance,              

                                                                                

8   the amount of that district's 1994-95 foundation allowance shall            

                                                                                

9   be considered for the purpose of calculations under this                    

                                                                                

10  subsection to be equal to the amount of the 1994-95 basic                   

                                                                                

11  foundation allowance.                                                       

                                                                                

12      (6) As used in this section:                                                

                                                                                

13      (a) "1994-95 foundation allowance" means a district's 1994-95               

                                                                                

14  foundation allowance calculated and certified by the department             

                                                                                

15  of treasury or the superintendent under former section 20a as               

                                                                                

16  enacted in 1993 PA 336 and as amended by 1994 PA 283.                       

                                                                                

17      (b) "Current state fiscal year" means the state fiscal year                 

                                                                                

18  for which a particular calculation is made.                                 

                                                                                

19      (c) "Current year hold harmless school operating taxes per                  

                                                                                

20  pupil" means the per pupil revenue generated by multiplying a               

                                                                                

21  district's 1994-95 hold harmless millage by the district's                  

                                                                                

22  current year taxable value per membership pupil.                            

                                                                                

23      (d) "Hold harmless millage" means, for a district with a                    

                                                                                

24  1994-95 foundation allowance greater than $6,500.00, the number             

                                                                                

25  of mills by which the exemption from the levy of school operating           

                                                                                

26  taxes on a homestead and qualified agricultural property could be           

                                                                                

27  reduced as provided in section 1211(1) of the revised school                


                                                                                

1   code, MCL 380.1211, and the number of mills of school operating             

                                                                                

2   taxes that could be levied on all property as provided in section           

                                                                                

3   1211(2) of the revised school code, MCL 380.1211, as certified by           

                                                                                

4   the department of treasury for the 1994 tax year.                           

                                                                                

5       (e) "Homestead" means that term as defined in section 1211 of               

                                                                                

6   the revised school code, MCL 380.1211.                                      

                                                                                

7       (f) "Membership" means the definition of that term under                    

                                                                                

8   section 6 as in effect for the particular fiscal year for which a           

                                                                                

9   particular calculation is made.                                             

                                                                                

10      (g) "Qualified agricultural property" means that term as                    

                                                                                

11  defined in section 1211 of the revised school code,                         

                                                                                

12  MCL 380.1211.                                                               

                                                                                

13      (h) "Qualifying public school academy" means a public school                

                                                                                

14  academy that was in operation in the 1994-95 school year and is             

                                                                                

15  in operation in the current state fiscal year.                              

                                                                                

16      (i) "Qualifying university school" means a university school                

                                                                                

17  that was in operation in the 1994-95 school year and is in                  

                                                                                

18  operation in the current fiscal year.                                       

                                                                                

19      (j) "School operating taxes" means local ad valorem property                

                                                                                

20  taxes levied under section 1211 of the revised school code,                 

                                                                                

21  MCL 380.1211, and retained for school operating purposes.                   

                                                                                

22      (k) "Taxable value per membership pupil" means each of the                  

                                                                                

23  following divided by the district's membership:                             

                                                                                

24                                                                               (i) For the number of mills by which the exemption from the                         

                                                                                

25  levy of school operating taxes on a homestead and qualified                 

                                                                                

26  agricultural property may be reduced as provided in section                 

                                                                                

27  1211(1) of the revised school code, MCL 380.1211, the taxable               


                                                                                

1   value of homestead and qualified agricultural property for the              

                                                                                

2   calendar year ending in the current state fiscal year.                      

                                                                                

3       (ii) For the number of mills of school operating taxes that                  

                                                                                

4   may be levied on all property as provided in section 1211(2) of             

                                                                                

5   the revised school code, MCL 380.1211, the taxable value of all             

                                                                                

6   property for the calendar year ending in the current state fiscal           

                                                                                

7   year.                                                                       

                                                                                

8       Sec. 22b.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there                  

                                                                                

9   is allocated an amount not to exceed  $2,368,000,000.00 for                 

                                                                                

10  2001-2002, an amount not to exceed $2,883,500,000.00 for                    

                                                                                

11  2002-2003, and an amount not to exceed $2,880,000,000.00                    

                                                                                

12  $2,868,400,000.00 for 2003-2004 for discretionary nonmandated               

                                                                                

13  payments to districts under this section.  Funds allocated under            

                                                                                

14  this section that are not expended in the state fiscal year for             

                                                                                

15  which they were allocated, as determined by the department, may             

                                                                                

16  be used to supplement the allocations under sections 22a and 51c            

                                                                                

17  in order to fully fund those calculated allocations for the same            

                                                                                

18  fiscal year.                                                                

                                                                                

19      (2) Subject to subsection (3)  , subsections (5) to (9),  and               

                                                                                

20  section 11, the allocation to a district under this section shall           

                                                                                

21  be an amount equal to the sum of the amounts calculated under               

                                                                                

22  sections 20, 20j, 51a(2), 51a(3), and 51a(12), minus the sum of             

                                                                                

23  the allocations to the district under sections 22a and 51c.                 

                                                                                

24      (3) In order to receive an allocation under this section,                   

                                                                                

25  each district shall administer in each grade level that it                  

                                                                                

26  operates in grades 1 to 5 a standardized assessment approved by             

                                                                                

27  the department of grade-appropriate basic educational skills.  A            


                                                                                

1   district may use the Michigan literacy progress profile to                  

                                                                                

2   satisfy this requirement for grades 1 to 3.  Also, if the revised           

                                                                                

3   school code is amended to require annual assessments at                     

                                                                                

4   additional grade levels, in order to receive an allocation under            

                                                                                

5   this section each district shall comply with that requirement.              

                                                                                

6       (4) From the allocation in subsection (1), the department                   

                                                                                

7   shall expend funds to pay for necessary costs associated with               

                                                                                

8   resolving matters pending in federal court impacting payments to            

                                                                                

9   districts, including, but not limited to, expert witness fees.              

                                                                                

10  Beginning in 2001-2002, from the allocation in subsection (1),              

                                                                                

11  the department shall also pay up to $1,000,000.00 in litigation             

                                                                                

12  costs incurred by this state associated with lawsuits filed by 1            

                                                                                

13  or more districts or intermediate districts against this state.             

                                                                                

14  If the allocation under this section is insufficient to fully               

                                                                                

15  fund all payments required under this section, the payments under           

                                                                                

16  this subsection shall be made in full before any proration of               

                                                                                

17  remaining payments under this section.                                      

                                                                                

18      (5) It is the intent of the legislature that all                            

                                                                                

19  constitutional obligations of this state have been fully funded             

                                                                                

20  under sections 22a, 31d, 51a, and 51c.  If a claim is made by an            

                                                                                

21  entity receiving funds under this act that challenges the                   

                                                                                

22  legislative determination of the adequacy of this funding or                

                                                                                

23  alleges that there exists an unfunded constitutional requirement,           

                                                                                

24  the state budget director may escrow or allocate from the                   

                                                                                

25  discretionary funds for nonmandated payments under this section             

                                                                                

26  the amount as may be necessary to satisfy the claim before making           

                                                                                

27  any payments to districts under subsection (2).  If funds are               


                                                                                

1   escrowed, the escrowed funds are a work project appropriation and           

                                                                                

2   the funds are carried forward into the following fiscal year.               

                                                                                

3   The purpose of the work project is to provide for any payments              

                                                                                

4   that may be awarded to districts as a result of litigation.  The            

                                                                                

5   work project shall be completed upon resolution of the                      

                                                                                

6   litigation.                                                                 

                                                                                

7       (6) If the local claims review board or a court of competent                

                                                                                

8   jurisdiction makes a final determination that this state is in              

                                                                                

9   violation of section 29 of article IX of the state constitution             

                                                                                

10  of 1963 regarding state payments to districts, the state budget             

                                                                                

11  director shall use work project funds under subsection (5) or               

                                                                                

12  allocate from the discretionary funds for nonmandated payments              

                                                                                

13  under this section the amount as may be necessary to satisfy the            

                                                                                

14  amount owed to districts before making any payments to districts            

                                                                                

15  under subsection (2).                                                       

                                                                                

16      (7) If a claim is made in court that challenges the                         

                                                                                

17  legislative determination of the adequacy of funding for this               

                                                                                

18  state's constitutional obligations or alleges that there exists             

                                                                                

19  an unfunded constitutional requirement, any interested party may            

                                                                                

20  seek an expedited review of the claim by the local claims review            

                                                                                

21  board.  If the claim exceeds $10,000,000.00, this state may                 

                                                                                

22  remove the action to the court of appeals, and the court of                 

                                                                                

23  appeals shall have and shall exercise jurisdiction over the                 

                                                                                

24  claim.                                                                      

                                                                                

25      (8) If payments resulting from a final determination by the                 

                                                                                

26  local claims review board or a court of competent jurisdiction              

                                                                                

27  that there has been a violation of section 29 of article IX of              


                                                                                

1   the state constitution of 1963 exceed the amount allocated for              

                                                                                

2   discretionary nonmandated payments under this section, the                  

                                                                                

3   legislature shall provide for adequate funding for this state's             

                                                                                

4   constitutional obligations at its next legislative session.                 

                                                                                

5       (9) If a lawsuit challenging payments made to districts                     

                                                                                

6   related to costs reimbursed by federal title XIX medicaid funds             

                                                                                

7   is filed against this state during 2001-2002, 2002-2003, or                 

                                                                                

8   2003-2004, 50% of the amount allocated in subsection (1) not                

                                                                                

9   previously paid out for 2002-2003 and each succeeding fiscal year           

                                                                                

10  is a work project appropriation and the funds are carried forward           

                                                                                

11  into the following fiscal year.  The purpose of the work project            

                                                                                

12  is to provide for any payments that may be awarded to districts             

                                                                                

13  as a result of the litigation.  The work project shall be                   

                                                                                

14  completed upon resolution of the litigation.  In addition, this             

                                                                                

15  state reserves the right to terminate future federal title XIX              

                                                                                

16  medicaid reimbursement payments to districts if the amount or               

                                                                                

17  allocation of reimbursed funds is challenged in the lawsuit.  As            

                                                                                

18  used in this subsection, "title XIX" means title XIX of the                 

                                                                                

19  social security act, chapter 531, 49 Stat. 620, 42 U.S.C. 1396 to           

                                                                                

20  1396r-6 and 1396r-8 to 1396v.                                               

                                                                                

21      Sec. 22d.  If the department determines that a district has                 

                                                                                

22  been required to pay interest and penalties due to a decision of            

                                                                                

23  the state tax tribunal involving a loss in taxable value                    

                                                                                

24  resulting from the revisions to the personal property tax                   

                                                                                

25  depreciation tables, the district shall receive a payment under             

                                                                                

26  this section to reimburse the district for the amount of interest           

                                                                                

27  and penalties the district is required to pay in excess of                  


                                                                                

1   $8,000,000.00, as determined by the department of treasury.                 

                                                                                

2       Sec. 22e.  (1) From the appropriations in section 11, there                 

                                                                                

3   is allocated an amount not to exceed $120,000.00 for 2003-2004              

                                                                                

4   for interest payments to districts under this section.                      

                                                                                

5       (2) If the department determines that a district is required                

                                                                                

6   to pay interest on any property tax refund ordered in the partial           

                                                                                

7   consent judgment entered on November 6, 2001 in Hitachi Magnetics           

                                                                                

8   Corporation v Home Township, Michigan tax tribunal, docket                  

                                                                                

9   nos. 190507 and 247733 (consolidated), the district shall receive           

                                                                                

10  a payment under this section to reimburse the district for                  

                                                                                

11  interest paid, in an amount determined by the department of                 

                                                                                

12  treasury.                                                                   

                                                                                

13      Sec. 24.  (1) Subject to subsection (2), from the                           

                                                                                

14  appropriation in section 11, there is allocated  each fiscal year           

                                                                                

15  for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  for 2003-2004 to the educating           

                                                                                

16  district or intermediate district an amount equal to 100% of the            

                                                                                

17  added cost each fiscal year for educating all pupils assigned by            

                                                                                

18  a court or the family independence agency to reside in or to                

                                                                                

19  attend a juvenile detention facility or child caring institution            

                                                                                

20  licensed by the family independence agency or the department of             

                                                                                

21  consumer and industry services and approved by the department to            

                                                                                

22  provide an on-grounds education program.  The total amount to be            

                                                                                

23  paid under this section for added cost shall not exceed                     

                                                                                

24  $8,400,000.00 for 2001-2002 and $8,900,000.00 each fiscal year             

                                                                                

25  for 2002-2003 and  $10,900,000.00 for 2003-2004.  For the                   

                                                                                

26  purposes of this section, "added cost" shall be computed by                 

                                                                                

27  deducting all other revenue received under this act for pupils              


                                                                                

1   described in this section from total costs, as approved by the              

                                                                                

2   department, for educating those pupils in the on-grounds                    

                                                                                

3   education program or in a program approved by the department that           

                                                                                

4   is located on property adjacent to a juvenile detention facility            

                                                                                

5   or child caring institution.  Costs reimbursed by federal funds             

                                                                                

6   are not included.                                                           

                                                                                

7       (2) A district or intermediate district educating pupils                    

                                                                                

8   described in this section at a residential child caring                     

                                                                                

9   institution may operate, and receive funding under this section             

                                                                                

10  for, a department-approved on-grounds educational program for               

                                                                                

11  those pupils that is longer than 181 days, but not longer than              

                                                                                

12  233 days, if the child caring institution was licensed as a child           

                                                                                

13  caring institution and offered in 1991-92 an on-grounds                     

                                                                                

14  educational program that was longer than 181 days but not longer            

                                                                                

15  than 233 days and that was operated by a district or intermediate           

                                                                                

16  district.                                                                   

                                                                                

17      (3) Special education pupils funded under section 53a shall                 

                                                                                

18  not be funded under this section.                                           

                                                                                

19      Sec. 26a.  From the general fund appropriation in section                   

                                                                                

20  11, there is allocated an amount not to exceed  $8,800,000.00 for           

                                                                                

21  2001-2002 and an amount not to exceed $10,174,000.00 each fiscal            

                                                                                

22  year for 2002-2003 and  $27,910,000.00 for 2003-2004 to reimburse           

                                                                                

23  districts, intermediate districts, and the state school aid fund            

                                                                                

24  pursuant to section 12 of the Michigan renaissance zone act, 1996           

                                                                                

25  PA 376, MCL 125.2692, for taxes levied in  2001, 2002, and 2003,            

                                                                                

26  respectively  2003.  This reimbursement shall be made by                    

                                                                                

27  adjusting payments under section 22a to eligible districts,                 


                                                                                

1   adjusting payments under section 56, 62, or 81 to eligible                  

                                                                                

2   intermediate districts, and adjusting the state school aid fund.            

                                                                                

3   The adjustments shall be made not later than 60 days after the              

                                                                                

4   department of treasury certifies to the department and to the               

                                                                                

5   state budget director that the department of treasury has                   

                                                                                

6   received all necessary information to properly determine the                

                                                                                

7   amounts due to each eligible recipient.                                     

                                                                                

8       Sec. 31a.  (1) From the state school aid fund money                         

                                                                                

9   appropriated in section 11, there is allocated for  2001-2002 an            

                                                                                

10  amount not to exceed $314,200,000.00 and there is allocated each            

                                                                                

11  fiscal year for 2002-2003 and for  2003-2004 an amount not to               

                                                                                

12  exceed $314,200,000.00 for payments to eligible districts and               

                                                                                

13  eligible public school academies under this section.  Subject to            

                                                                                

14  subsection (11), the amount of the additional allowance under               

                                                                                

15  this section shall be based on the number of actual pupils in               

                                                                                

16  membership in the district or public school academy who met the             

                                                                                

17  income eligibility criteria for free breakfast, lunch, or milk in           

                                                                                

18  the immediately preceding state fiscal year, as determined under            

                                                                                

19  the Richard B. Russell national school lunch act, chapter 281,              

                                                                                

20  60 Stat. 230, 42 U.S.C. 1751 to 1753, 1755 to 1761, 1762a, 1765             

                                                                                

21  to 1766a, 1769, 1769b to 1769c, and 1769f to 1769h, and reported            

                                                                                

22  to the department by October 31 of the immediately preceding                

                                                                                

23  fiscal year and adjusted not later than December 31 of the                  

                                                                                

24  immediately preceding fiscal year.  However, for a public school            

                                                                                

25  academy that began operations as a public school academy after              

                                                                                

26  the pupil membership count day of the immediately preceding                 

                                                                                

27  school year, the basis for the additional allowance under this              


                                                                                

1   section shall be the number of actual pupils in membership in the           

                                                                                

2   public school academy who met the income eligibility criteria for           

                                                                                

3   free breakfast, lunch, or milk in the current state fiscal year,            

                                                                                

4   as determined under the Richard B. Russell national school lunch            

                                                                                

5   act.                                                                        

                                                                                

6       (2) To be eligible to receive funding under this section,                   

                                                                                

7   other than funding under subsection (6), a district or public               

                                                                                

8   school academy that has not been previously determined to be                

                                                                                

9   eligible shall apply to the department, in a form and manner                

                                                                                

10  prescribed by the department, and a district or public school               

                                                                                

11  academy must meet all of the following:                                     

                                                                                

12      (a) The sum of the district's or public school academy's                    

                                                                                

13  combined state and local revenue per membership pupil in the                

                                                                                

14  current state fiscal year, as calculated under section 20, plus             

                                                                                

15  the amount of the district's per pupil allocation under section             

                                                                                

16  20j(2), is less than or equal to $6,500.00 adjusted by the dollar           

                                                                                

17  amount of the difference between the basic foundation allowance             

                                                                                

18  under section 20 for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00,           

                                                                                

19  .  However, beginning in 2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount                   

                                                                                

20  prescribed in this subdivision shall be adjusted each year by an            

                                                                                

21  amount equal to the dollar amount of the difference between the             

                                                                                

22  basic foundation allowance for the current state fiscal year and            

                                                                                

23  $5,000.00,  minus $200.00.                                                  

                                                                                

24      (b) The district or public school academy agrees to use the                 

                                                                                

25  funding only for purposes allowed under this section and to                 

                                                                                

26  comply with the program and accountability requirements under               

                                                                                

27  this section.                                                               


                                                                                

1       (3) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, an                     

                                                                                

2   eligible district or eligible public school academy shall receive           

                                                                                

3   under this section for each membership pupil in the district or             

                                                                                

4   public school academy who met the income eligibility criteria for           

                                                                                

5   free breakfast, lunch, or milk, as determined under the Richard             

                                                                                

6   B. Russell national school lunch act and as reported to the                 

                                                                                

7   department by October 31 of the immediately preceding fiscal year           

                                                                                

8   and adjusted not later than December 31 of the immediately                  

                                                                                

9   preceding fiscal year, an amount per pupil equal to 11.5% of the            

                                                                                

10  sum of the district's foundation allowance or public school                 

                                                                                

11  academy's per pupil amount calculated under section 20, plus the            

                                                                                

12  amount of the district's per pupil allocation under section                 

                                                                                

13  20j(2), not to exceed $6,500.00 adjusted by the dollar amount of            

                                                                                

14  the difference between the basic foundation allowance under                 

                                                                                

15  section 20 for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00, minus           

                                                                                

16  $200.00, or of the public school academy's per membership pupil             

                                                                                

17  amount calculated under section 20 for the current state fiscal             

                                                                                

18  year.   However, beginning in 2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount               

                                                                                

19  prescribed in this subsection shall be adjusted each year by an             

                                                                                

20  amount equal to the dollar amount of the difference between the             

                                                                                

21  basic foundation allowance for the current state fiscal year and            

                                                                                

22  $5,000.00, minus $200.00.  A public school academy that began               

                                                                                

23  operations as a public school academy after the pupil membership            

                                                                                

24  count day of the immediately preceding school year shall receive            

                                                                                

25  under this section for each membership pupil in the public school           

                                                                                

26  academy who met the income eligibility criteria for free                    

                                                                                

27  breakfast, lunch, or milk, as determined under the Richard                  


                                                                                

1   B. Russell national school lunch act and as reported to the                 

                                                                                

2   department by October 31 of the current fiscal year and adjusted            

                                                                                

3   not later than December 31 of the current fiscal year, an amount            

                                                                                

4   per pupil equal to 11.5% of the public school academy's per                 

                                                                                

5   membership pupil amount calculated under section 20 for the                 

                                                                                

6   current state fiscal year.                                                  

                                                                                

7       (4) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a district                

                                                                                

8   or public school academy receiving funding under this section               

                                                                                

9   shall use that money only to provide instructional programs and             

                                                                                

10  direct noninstructional services, including, but not limited to,            

                                                                                

11  medical or counseling services, for at-risk pupils; for school              

                                                                                

12  health clinics; for the purposes of section 98b; and for the                

                                                                                

13  purposes of subsection (5) or (6), and shall not use any of that            

                                                                                

14  money for administrative costs or to supplant another program or            

                                                                                

15  other funds, except for funds allocated to the district or public           

                                                                                

16  school academy under this section in the immediately preceding              

                                                                                

17  year and already being used by the district or public school                

                                                                                

18  academy for at-risk pupils.  The instruction or direct                      

                                                                                

19  noninstructional services provided under this section may be                

                                                                                

20  conducted before or after regular school hours or by adding extra           

                                                                                

21  school days to the school year and may  be conducted using a                

                                                                                

22  include, but are not limited to, tutorial services, early                   

                                                                                

23  childhood programs to serve children age 0 to 5, and programs               

                                                                                

24  that combine academic, enrichment, and recreational activities.             

                                                                                

25  A tutorial method  ,  may be conducted with paraprofessionals               

                                                                                

26  working under the supervision of a certificated teacher.  The               

                                                                                

27  ratio of pupils to paraprofessionals shall be between 10:1 and              


                                                                                

1   15:1.  Only 1 certificated teacher is required to supervise                 

                                                                                

2   instruction using a tutorial method.  As used in this subsection,           

                                                                                

3   "to supplant another program" means to take the place of a                  

                                                                                

4   previously existing instructional program or direct                         

                                                                                

5   noninstructional services funded from a funding source other than           

                                                                                

6   funding under this section.                                                 

                                                                                

7       (5) A district or public school academy that receives funds                 

                                                                                

8   under this section and that operates a school breakfast program             

                                                                                

9   under section 1272a of the revised school code, MCL 380.1272a,              

                                                                                

10  shall use from the funds received under this section an amount,             

                                                                                

11  not to exceed $10.00 per pupil for whom the district or public              

                                                                                

12  school academy receives funds under this section, necessary to              

                                                                                

13  operate the school breakfast program.                                       

                                                                                

14      (6) From the funds allocated under subsection (1), there is                 

                                                                                

15  allocated  for 2001-2002 an amount not to exceed $2,400,000.00 to           

                                                                                

16  support teen health centers.  These 2001-2002 funds shall be                

                                                                                

17  distributed to existing teen health centers in a manner                     

                                                                                

18  determined by the department in collaboration with the department           

                                                                                

19  of community health.  From the funds allocated under                        

                                                                                

20  subsection (1), there is allocated each fiscal year for 2002-2003           

                                                                                

21  and for  beginning with 2003-2004 an amount not to exceed                   

                                                                                

22  $3,743,000.00  for competitive grants  to support teen health               

                                                                                

23  centers.  These grants  for 2002-2003 and 2003-2004  shall be               

                                                                                

24  awarded for 3 consecutive years beginning with 2003-2004 in a               

                                                                                

25  form and manner approved jointly by the department and the                  

                                                                                

26  department of community health.  Each grant recipient shall                 

                                                                                

27  remain in compliance with the terms of the grant award or shall             


                                                                                

1   forfeit the grant award for the duration of the 3-year period               

                                                                                

2   after the noncompliance. If any funds allocated under this                  

                                                                                

3   subsection are not used for the purposes of this subsection for             

                                                                                

4   the fiscal year in which they are allocated, those unused funds             

                                                                                

5   shall be used that fiscal year to avoid or minimize any proration           

                                                                                

6   that would otherwise be required under subsection (11) for that             

                                                                                

7   fiscal year.                                                                

                                                                                

8       (7) Each district or public school academy receiving funds                  

                                                                                

9   under this section shall submit to the department by July 15 of             

                                                                                

10  each fiscal year a report, not to exceed 10 pages, on the usage             

                                                                                

11  by the district or public school academy of funds under this                

                                                                                

12  section, which report shall include at least a brief description            

                                                                                

13  of each program conducted by the district or public school                  

                                                                                

14  academy using funds under this section, the amount of funds under           

                                                                                

15  this section allocated to each of those programs, the number of             

                                                                                

16  at-risk pupils eligible for free or reduced price school lunch              

                                                                                

17  who were served by each of those programs, and the total number             

                                                                                

18  of at-risk pupils served by each of those programs.  If a                   

                                                                                

19  district or public school academy does not comply with this                 

                                                                                

20  subsection, the department shall withhold an amount equal to the            

                                                                                

21  August payment due under this section until the district or                 

                                                                                

22  public school academy complies with this subsection.  If the                

                                                                                

23  district or public school academy does not comply with this                 

                                                                                

24  subsection by the end of the state fiscal year, the withheld                

                                                                                

25  funds shall be forfeited to the school aid fund.                            

                                                                                

26      (8) In order to receive funds under this section, a district                

                                                                                

27  or public school academy shall allow access for the department or           


                                                                                

1   the department's designee to audit all records related to the               

                                                                                

2   program for which it receives those funds.  The district or                 

                                                                                

3   public school academy shall reimburse the state for all                     

                                                                                

4   disallowances found in the audit.                                           

                                                                                

5       (9) Subject to subsections (5) and (6), any district may use                

                                                                                

6   up to 100% of the funds it receives under this section to reduce            

                                                                                

7   the ratio of pupils to teachers in grades K-6, or any combination           

                                                                                

8   of those grades, in school buildings in which the percentage of             

                                                                                

9   pupils described in subsection (1) exceeds the district's                   

                                                                                

10  aggregate percentage of those pupils.  Subject to subsections (5)           

                                                                                

11  and (6), if a district obtains a waiver from the department, the            

                                                                                

12  district may use up to 100% of the funds it receives under this             

                                                                                

13  section to reduce the ratio of pupils to teachers in grades K-6,            

                                                                                

14  or any combination of those grades, in school buildings in which            

                                                                                

15  the percentage of pupils described in subsection (1) is at least            

                                                                                

16  60% of the district's aggregate percentage of those pupils and at           

                                                                                

17  least 30% of the total number of pupils enrolled in the school              

                                                                                

18  building.  To obtain a waiver, a district must apply to the                 

                                                                                

19  department and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the department            

                                                                                

20  that the class size reductions would be in the best interests of            

                                                                                

21  the district's at-risk pupils.                                              

                                                                                

22      (10) A district or public school academy may use funds                      

                                                                                

23  received under this section for adult high school completion,               

                                                                                

24  general education development (G.E.D.)  test preparation, adult             

                                                                                

25  English as a second language, or adult basic education programs             

                                                                                

26  described in section 107.                                                   

                                                                                

27      (11) If necessary, and before any proration required under                  


                                                                                

1   section 11, the department shall prorate payments under this                

                                                                                

2   section by reducing the amount of the per pupil payment under               

                                                                                

3   this section by a dollar amount calculated by determining the               

                                                                                

4   amount by which the amount necessary to fully fund the                      

                                                                                

5   requirements of this section exceeds the maximum amount allocated           

                                                                                

6   under this section and then dividing that amount by the total               

                                                                                

7   statewide number of pupils who met the income eligibility                   

                                                                                

8   criteria for free breakfast, lunch, or milk in the immediately              

                                                                                

9   preceding fiscal year, as described in subsection (1).                      

                                                                                

10      (12) Funds allocated under this section that are unexpended                 

                                                                                

11  and unencumbered at the end of the fiscal year for which they               

                                                                                

12  were allocated shall be carried forward and used in subsequent              

                                                                                

13  fiscal years to avoid or minimize any proration that would                  

                                                                                

14  otherwise be required under subsection (11).                                

                                                                                

15      (12)  (13)  If a district is formed by consolidation after                  

                                                                                

16  June 1, 1995, and if 1 or more of the original districts was not            

                                                                                

17  eligible before the consolidation for an additional allowance               

                                                                                

18  under this section, the amount of the additional allowance under            

                                                                                

19  this section for the consolidated district shall be based on the            

                                                                                

20  number of pupils described in subsection (1) enrolled in the                

                                                                                

21  consolidated district who reside in the territory of an original            

                                                                                

22  district that was eligible before the consolidation for an                  

                                                                                

23  additional allowance under this section.                                    

                                                                                

24      (13)  (14)  A district or public school academy that does not               

                                                                                

25  meet the eligibility requirement under subsection (2)(a) is                 

                                                                                

26  eligible for funding under this section if at least 1/4 of the              

                                                                                

27  pupils in membership in the district or public school academy met           


                                                                                

1   the income eligibility criteria for free breakfast, lunch, or               

                                                                                

2   milk in the immediately preceding state fiscal year, as                     

                                                                                

3   determined and reported as described in subsection (1), and at              

                                                                                

4   least 4,500 of the pupils in membership in the district or public           

                                                                                

5   school academy met the income eligibility criteria for free                 

                                                                                

6   breakfast, lunch, or milk in the immediately preceding state                

                                                                                

7   fiscal year, as determined and reported as described in                     

                                                                                

8   subsection (1).  A district or public school academy that is                

                                                                                

9   eligible for funding under this section because the district                

                                                                                

10  meets the requirements of this subsection shall receive under               

                                                                                

11  this section for each membership pupil in the district or public            

                                                                                

12  school academy who met the income eligibility criteria for free             

                                                                                

13  breakfast, lunch, or milk in the immediately preceding fiscal               

                                                                                

14  year, as determined and reported as described in subsection (1),            

                                                                                

15  an amount per pupil equal to  5.75% for 2001-2002 and 11.5% for             

                                                                                

16  2002-2003 and subsequent fiscal years  11.5% of the sum of the              

                                                                                

17  district's foundation allowance or public school academy's per              

                                                                                

18  pupil allocation under section 20, plus the amount of the                   

                                                                                

19  district's per pupil allocation under section 20j(2), not to                

                                                                                

20  exceed $6,500.00 adjusted by the dollar amount of the difference            

                                                                                

21  between the basic foundation allowance under section 20 for the             

                                                                                

22  current state fiscal year and $5,000.00,  .  However, beginning             

                                                                                

23  in 2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount prescribed in this subsection            

                                                                                

24  shall be adjusted each year by an amount equal to the dollar                

                                                                                

25  amount of the difference between the basic foundation allowance             

                                                                                

26  for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00,  minus $200.00.            

                                                                                

27      (14)  (15)  As used in this section, "at-risk pupil" means a                


                                                                                

1   pupil for whom the district has documentation that the pupil                

                                                                                

2   meets at least 2 of the following criteria:  is a victim of child           

                                                                                

3   abuse or neglect; is below grade level in English language and              

                                                                                

4   communication skills or mathematics; is a pregnant teenager or              

                                                                                

5   teenage parent; is eligible for a federal free or reduced-price             

                                                                                

6   lunch subsidy; has atypical behavior or attendance patterns; or             

                                                                                

7   has a family history of school failure, incarceration, or                   

                                                                                

8   substance abuse.  For pupils for whom the results of at least the           

                                                                                

9   applicable Michigan education assessment program (MEAP) test have           

                                                                                

10  been received, at-risk pupil also includes a pupil who does not             

                                                                                

11  meet the other criteria under this subsection but who did not               

                                                                                

12  achieve at least a score of moderate on the most recent MEAP                

                                                                                

13  reading test for which results for the pupil have been received,            

                                                                                

14  did not achieve at least a score of moderate on the most recent             

                                                                                

15  MEAP mathematics test for which results for the pupil have been             

                                                                                

16  received, or did not achieve at least a score of novice on the              

                                                                                

17  most recent MEAP science test for which results for the pupil               

                                                                                

18  have been received.  For pupils in grades K-3, at-risk pupil also           

                                                                                

19  includes a pupil who is at risk of not meeting the district's               

                                                                                

20  core academic curricular objectives in English language,                    

                                                                                

21  communication skills, or mathematics.                                       

                                                                                

22      Sec. 31d.  (1) From the  state school aid fund                              

                                                                                

23  appropriation  appropriations in section 11, there is allocated             

                                                                                

24  an amount not to exceed  $16,477,700.00 for 2001-2002 and an                

                                                                                

25  amount not to exceed $17,337,200.00 each fiscal year for                    

                                                                                

26  2002-2003 and for 2003-2004, and from the general fund                      

                                                                                

27  appropriation in section 11, there is allocated an amount not to            


                                                                                

1   exceed $722,300.00 for 2001-2002 and an amount not to exceed                

                                                                                

2   $762,800.00 each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  $21,300,000.00              

                                                                                

3   for 2003-2004 for the purpose of making payments to districts  ,            

                                                                                

4   intermediate districts, and other eligible entities  under this             

                                                                                

5   section.                                                                    

                                                                                

6       (2) The amounts allocated from state sources under this                     

                                                                                

7   section shall be used to pay the amount necessary to reimburse              

                                                                                

8   districts for 6.0127% of the necessary costs of the state                   

                                                                                

9   mandated portion of the school lunch programs provided by those             

                                                                                

10  districts.  The amount due to each district under this section              

                                                                                

11  shall be computed by the department using the methods of                    

                                                                                

12  calculation adopted by the Michigan supreme court in the                    

                                                                                

13  consolidated cases known as Durant v State of Michigan, Michigan            

                                                                                

14  supreme court docket no. 104458-104492.                                     

                                                                                

15      (3) The payments made under this section include all state                  

                                                                                

16  payments made to districts so that each district receives at                

                                                                                

17  least 6.0127% of the necessary costs of operating the state                 

                                                                                

18  mandated portion of the school lunch program in a fiscal year.              

                                                                                

19      (4) From the federal funds appropriated in section 11, there                

                                                                                

20  is allocated  each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  for 2003-2004             

                                                                                

21  all available federal funding, estimated at $272,125,000.00,                

                                                                                

22  each fiscal year,  for the national school lunch program and all           

                                                                                

23  available federal funding, estimated at $2,506,000.00, for the              

                                                                                

24  emergency food assistance program.                                          

                                                                                

25      (5) Notwithstanding section 17b, payments to intermediate                   

                                                                                

26  districts and other eligible entities under this section shall be           

                                                                                

27  paid on a schedule determined by the department.                            


                                                                                

1       Sec. 32c.  (1) From the  general fund allocation in                         

                                                                                

2   section 32a(1)  appropriations in section 11, there is allocated            

                                                                                

3   an amount not to exceed  $2,000,000.00 each fiscal year for                 

                                                                                

4   2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  $1,000,000.00 for 2003-2004 to the           

                                                                                

5   department for grants for community-based collaborative                     

                                                                                

6   prevention services designed to foster positive parenting skills;           

                                                                                

7   improve parent/child interaction, especially for children 0-3               

                                                                                

8   years of age; promote access to needed community services;                  

                                                                                

9   increase local capacity to serve families at risk; improve school           

                                                                                

10  readiness; and support healthy family environments that                     

                                                                                

11  discourage alcohol, tobacco, and other drug use.  The allocation            

                                                                                

12  under this section is to fund secondary prevention programs as              

                                                                                

13  defined by the children's trust fund for the prevention of child            

                                                                                

14  abuse and neglect.                                                          

                                                                                

15      (2) The funds allocated under subsection (1) shall be                       

                                                                                

16  distributed through a joint request for proposals process                   

                                                                                

17  established by the department in conjunction with the children's            

                                                                                

18  trust fund and the state's interagency systems reform workgroup.            

                                                                                

19  Projects funded with grants awarded under this section shall meet           

                                                                                

20  all of the following:                                                       

                                                                                

21      (a) Be secondary prevention initiatives and voluntary to                    

                                                                                

22  consumers.  This appropriation is not intended to serve the needs           

                                                                                

23  of children for whom and families in which neglect or abuse has             

                                                                                

24  been substantiated.                                                         

                                                                                

25      (b) Demonstrate that the planned services are part of a                     

                                                                                

26  community's integrated comprehensive family support strategy                

                                                                                

27  endorsed by the local multi-purpose collaborative body.                     


                                                                                

1       (c) Provide a 25% local match, of which not more than 10% may               

                                                                                

2   be in-kind services, unless this requirement is waived by the               

                                                                                

3   interagency systems reform workgroup.                                       

                                                                                

4       (3) Notwithstanding section 17b, payments under this section                

                                                                                

5   may be made pursuant to an agreement with the department.                   

                                                                                

6       Sec. 32d.  (1) From the  state school aid fund allocation                   

                                                                                

7   under section 32a(1), there is allocated an amount not to exceed            

                                                                                

8   $72,600,000.00 for 2001-2002, and from the  state school aid fund           

                                                                                

9   money  allocated  appropriated under section  32a  11, there is             

                                                                                

10  allocated an amount not to exceed $72,600,000.00  each fiscal               

                                                                                

11  year for 2002-2003 and  for 2003-2004  ,  for school readiness              

                                                                                

12  grants to enable eligible districts, as determined under                    

                                                                                

13  section 37, to develop or expand, in conjunction with whatever              

                                                                                

14  federal funds may be available, including, but not limited to,              

                                                                                

15  federal funds under title I of the elementary and secondary                 

                                                                                

16  education act of 1965, Public Law 89-10, 108 Stat. 3519, 20                 

                                                                                

17  U.S.C. 6301 to 6304, 6311 to 6339, 6361 to 6368, 6371 to 6376,              

                                                                                

18  6381 to 6383, 6391 to 6399, 6421 to 6472, 6491 to 6494, 6511 to             

                                                                                

19  6518, 6531 to 6537, 6551 to 6561i, and 6571 to 6578, chapter 1 of           

                                                                                

20  title I of the Hawkins-Stafford elementary and secondary school             

                                                                                

21  improvement amendments of 1988, Public Law 89-10, 102 Stat. 140,            

                                                                                

22  and the head start act, subchapter B of chapter 8 of subtitle A             

                                                                                

23  of title VI of the omnibus budget reconciliation act of 1981,               

                                                                                

24  Public Law 97-35, 42 U.S.C. 9831 to 9835, 9836 to 9844, 9846, and           

                                                                                

25  9848 to 9852, comprehensive compensatory programs designed to               

                                                                                

26  improve the readiness and subsequent achievement of educationally           

                                                                                

27  disadvantaged children as defined by the department who will be             


                                                                                

1   at least 4, but less than 5 years of age, as of December 1 of the           

                                                                                

2   school year in which the programs are offered, and who show                 

                                                                                

3   evidence of 2 or more risk factors as defined in the state board            

                                                                                

4   report entitled "children at risk" that was adopted by the state            

                                                                                

5   board on April 5, 1988.  A comprehensive compensatory program               

                                                                                

6   funded under this section shall include an age-appropriate                  

                                                                                

7   educational curriculum, nutritional services, health screening              

                                                                                

8   for participating children, a plan for parent and legal guardian            

                                                                                

9   involvement, and provision of referral services for families                

                                                                                

10  eligible for community social services.  In addition,  from the             

                                                                                

11  general fund allocations under section 32a(1), there is allocated           

                                                                                

12  an amount not to exceed $200,000.00 for 2001-2002 for the                   

                                                                                

13  purposes of subsection (2), and  from the general fund money                

                                                                                

14  allocated under section  32a  11, there is allocated an amount              

                                                                                

15  not to exceed $200,000.00  each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and               

                                                                                

16  for 2003-2004 for the purposes of subsection (2).                           

                                                                                

17      (2) From the general fund allocation in subsection (1), there               

                                                                                

18  is allocated  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and            

                                                                                

19  for 2003-2004 an amount not to exceed $200,000.00 for a                     

                                                                                

20  competitive grant to continue a longitudinal evaluation of                  

                                                                                

21  children who have participated in the Michigan school readiness             

                                                                                

22  program.                                                                    

                                                                                

23      (3) A district receiving a grant under this section may                     

                                                                                

24  contract for the provision of the comprehensive compensatory                

                                                                                

25  program and retain for administrative services an amount equal to           

                                                                                

26  not more than 5% of the grant amount.                                       

                                                                                

27      (4) A grant recipient receiving funds under this section                    


                                                                                

1   shall report to the department no later than October 15 of each             

                                                                                

2   year the number of children participating in the program who meet           

                                                                                

3   the income or other eligibility criteria specified under section            

                                                                                

4   37(3)(g) and the total number of children participating in the              

                                                                                

5   program.  For children participating in the program who meet the            

                                                                                

6   income or other eligibility criteria specified under section                

                                                                                

7   37(3)(g), grant recipients shall also report whether or not a               

                                                                                

8   parent is available to provide care based on employment status.             

                                                                                

9   For the purposes of this subsection, "employment status" shall be           

                                                                                

10  defined by the family independence agency in a manner consistent            

                                                                                

11  with maximizing the amount of spending that may be claimed for              

                                                                                

12  temporary assistance for needy families maintenance of effort               

                                                                                

13  purposes.                                                                   

                                                                                

14      Sec. 32j.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there                  

                                                                                

15  is allocated an amount not to exceed $3,326,000.00 for 2003-2004            

                                                                                

16  for grants to intermediate districts to provide programs for                

                                                                                

17  parents with preschool children.  The purpose of these programs             

                                                                                

18  is to improve school readiness and foster the maintenance of                

                                                                                

19  stable families by encouraging positive parenting skills.                   

                                                                                

20      (2) To qualify for funding under this section, a program                    

                                                                                

21  shall provide services to all families with children age 5 or               

                                                                                

22  younger residing within the intermediate district who choose to             

                                                                                

23  participate, including at least all of the following services:              

                                                                                

24      (a) Providing parents with information on child development                 

                                                                                

25  from birth to age 5.                                                        

                                                                                

26      (b) Providing parents with methods to enhance parent-child                  

                                                                                

27  interaction; including, but not limited to, encouraging parents             


                                                                                

1   to read to their preschool children at least 1/2 hour per day.              

                                                                                

2       (c) Providing parents with examples of learning                             

                                                                                

3   opportunities to promote intellectual, physical, and social                 

                                                                                

4   growth of preschoolers.                                                     

                                                                                

5       (d) Promoting access to needed community services through a                 

                                                                                

6   community-school-home partnership.                                          

                                                                                

7       (3) To compete for a grant under this section, an                           

                                                                                

8   intermediate district shall apply to the department not later               

                                                                                

9   than October 1, 2003 in the form and manner prescribed by the               

                                                                                

10  department.  To be considered for a grant under this section, a             

                                                                                

11  grant application shall do all of the following in a manner                 

                                                                                

12  prescribed by the department:                                               

                                                                                

13      (a) Provide a plan for the delivery of the program                          

                                                                                

14  components described in subsection (2).                                     

                                                                                

15      (b) Demonstrate an adequate collaboration of local entities                 

                                                                                

16  involved in providing programs and services for preschool                   

                                                                                

17  children and their parents.                                                 

                                                                                

18      (c) Provide a projected budget for the program to be                        

                                                                                

19  funded.  The intermediate district shall provide at least a 20%             

                                                                                

20  local match from local public or private resources for the funds            

                                                                                

21  received under this section.  Not more than 1/2 of this matching            

                                                                                

22  requirement, up to a total of 10% of the total project budget,              

                                                                                

23  may be satisfied through in-kind services provided by                       

                                                                                

24  participating providers of programs or services.  In addition,              

                                                                                

25  not more than 10% of the grant may be used for program                      

                                                                                

26  administration.                                                             

                                                                                

27      (4) Each successful grant recipient shall agree to include a                


                                                                                

1   data collection system and an evaluation tool approved by the               

                                                                                

2   department to measure the impact of the program on improving                

                                                                                

3   school readiness and fostering the maintenance of stable                    

                                                                                

4   families.  The data collection system shall provide a report by             

                                                                                

5   October 15 of each year on the number of children in families               

                                                                                

6   with income below 200% of the federal poverty level that received           

                                                                                

7   services under this program and the total number of children who            

                                                                                

8   received services under this program.                                       

                                                                                

9       (5) The department shall do all of the following:                           

                                                                                

10      (a) The department shall make applications available for the                

                                                                                

11  purposes of this section not later than August 15, 2003.                    

                                                                                

12      (b) The superintendent shall approve or disapprove                          

                                                                                

13  applications and notify the applying intermediate district of               

                                                                                

14  that decision not later than November 15, 2003.  The amount of              

                                                                                

15  each approved grant shall not exceed 3.5% of the intermediate               

                                                                                

16  district's 2002-2003 payment under section 81.                              

                                                                                

17      (c) The department shall ensure that all programs funded                    

                                                                                

18  under this section utilize the most current validated                       

                                                                                

19  research-based methods and curriculum for providing the program             

                                                                                

20  components described in subsection (2).                                     

                                                                                

21      (d) The department shall submit a report to the state budget                

                                                                                

22  director and the senate and house fiscal agencies detailing the             

                                                                                

23  evaluations described in subsection (4) by December 1 of each               

                                                                                

24  year.                                                                       

                                                                                

25      (6) An intermediate district receiving funds under this                     

                                                                                

26  section shall use the funds only for the program funded under               

                                                                                

27  this section.  An intermediate district receiving funds under               


                                                                                

1   this section may carry over any unexpended funds received under             

                                                                                

2   this section to subsequent fiscal years and may expend those                

                                                                                

3   unused funds in subsequent fiscal years.                                    

                                                                                

4       Sec. 38.  The maximum number of prekindergarten children                    

                                                                                

5   construed to be in need of special readiness assistance under               

                                                                                

6   section 32d shall be calculated for each district in the                    

                                                                                

7   following manner:  one-half of the percentage of the district's             

                                                                                

8   pupils in grades 1-5 who are eligible for free lunch, as                    

                                                                                

9   determined by the district's October count in the  immediately              

                                                                                

10  preceding  school year 2 years before the fiscal year for which             

                                                                                

11  the calculation is made under the Richard B. Russell national               

                                                                                

12  school lunch act, chapter 281, 60 Stat. 230, 42 U.S.C. 1751 to              

                                                                                

13  1753, 1755 to 1761, 1762a, 1765 to 1766a, 1769, 1769b to 1769c,             

                                                                                

14  and 1769f to 1769h, as reported to the department not later than            

                                                                                

15  December 31 of the  immediately preceding  fiscal year 2 years              

                                                                                

16  before the fiscal year for which the calculation is made, shall             

                                                                                

17  be multiplied by the average kindergarten enrollment of the                 

                                                                                

18  district on the pupil membership count day of the 2 immediately             

                                                                                

19  preceding years.                                                            

                                                                                

20      Sec. 39a.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there                  

                                                                                

21  is allocated  each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  for 2003-2004             

                                                                                

22  to districts, intermediate districts, and other eligible entities           

                                                                                

23  all available federal funding, estimated at  $634,919,400.00 each           

                                                                                

24  fiscal year,  $649,199,825.00, for the federal programs under the           

                                                                                

25  no child left behind act of 2001, Public Law 107-110, 115                   

                                                                                

26  Stat. 1425.  These funds are allocated for each fiscal year as              

                                                                                

27  follows:                                                                    


                                                                                

1       (a) An amount estimated at $1,666,300.00 for community                      

                                                                                

2   service state grants, funded from DED-OESE, community service               

                                                                                

3   state grant funds.                                                          

                                                                                

4       (b) An amount estimated at  $15,520,100.00  $15,946,200.00 to               

                                                                                

5   provide students with drug- and violence-prevention programs and            

                                                                                

6   to implement strategies to improve school safety, funded from               

                                                                                

7   DED-OESE, drug-free schools and communities funds.                          

                                                                                

8       (c) An amount estimated at  $22,572,000.00  $9,712,650.00 for               

                                                                                

9   the purpose of improving teaching and learning through a more               

                                                                                

10  effective use of technology, funded from DED-OESE, educational              

                                                                                

11  technology state grant funds.                                               

                                                                                

12      (d) An amount estimated at  $104,568,800.00  $105,570,600.00                

                                                                                

13  for the purpose of preparing, training, and recruiting                      

                                                                                

14  high-quality teachers and class size reduction, funded from                 

                                                                                

15  DED-OESE, improving teacher quality funds.                                  

                                                                                

16      (e) An amount estimated at $4,647,700.00 for programs to                    

                                                                                

17  teach English to limited English proficient (LEP) children,                 

                                                                                

18  funded from DED-OESE, language acquisition state grant funds.               

                                                                                

19      (f) An amount estimated at $8,550,000.00 for the Michigan                   

                                                                                

20  charter school subgrant program, funded from DED-OESE, charter              

                                                                                

21  school funds.                                                               

                                                                                

22      (g) An amount estimated at $247,600.00 for Michigan model                   

                                                                                

23  partnership for character education programs, funded from                   

                                                                                

24  DED-OESE, title X, fund for improvement of education funds.                 

                                                                                

25      (h) An amount estimated at  $1,909,600.00  $2,010,100.00 for                

                                                                                

26  rural and low income schools, funded from DED-OESE, rural and low           

                                                                                

27  income school funds.                                                        


                                                                                

1       (i) An amount estimated at $11,123,700.00 to help schools                   

                                                                                

2   develop and implement comprehensive school reform programs,                 

                                                                                

3   funded from DED-OESE, title I and title X, comprehensive school             

                                                                                

4   reform funds.                                                               

                                                                                

5       (j) An amount estimated at  $401,388,600.00  $427,000,000.00                

                                                                                

6   to provide supplemental programs to enable educationally                    

                                                                                

7   disadvantaged children to meet challenging academic standards,              

                                                                                

8   funded from DED-OESE, title I, disadvantaged children funds.                

                                                                                

9       (k) An amount estimated at $8,246,600.00 for the purpose of                 

                                                                                

10  providing unified family literacy programs, funded from DED-OESE,           

                                                                                

11  title I, even start funds.                                                  

                                                                                

12                                                                               (l) An amount estimated at $8,953,100.00 for the purpose of                         

                                                                                

13  identifying and serving migrant children, funded from DED-OESE,             

                                                                                

14  title I, migrant education funds.                                           

                                                                                

15      (m) An amount estimated at $22,779,000.00 to promote                        

                                                                                

16  high-quality school reading instruction for grades K-3, funded              

                                                                                

17  from DED-OESE, title I, reading first state grant funds.                    

                                                                                

18      (n) An amount estimated at  11,585,100.00  $11,585,075.00 for               

                                                                                

19  the purpose of implementing innovative strategies for improving             

                                                                                

20  student achievement, funded from DED-OESE, title VI, innovative             

                                                                                

21  strategies funds.                                                           

                                                                                

22      (o) An amount estimated at $11,161,200.00 for the purpose of                

                                                                                

23  providing high-quality extended learning opportunities, after               

                                                                                

24  school and during the summer, for children in low-performing                

                                                                                

25  schools, funded from DED-OESE, twenty-first century community               

                                                                                

26  learning center funds.                                                      

                                                                                

27      (2) From the federal funds appropriation in section 11, there               


                                                                                

1   is allocated  each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  for 2003-2004             

                                                                                

2   to districts, intermediate districts, and other eligible entities           

                                                                                

3   all available federal funding, estimated at  $6,495,300.00                  

                                                                                

4   $5,421,800.00 each fiscal year, for the following programs that             

                                                                                

5   are funded by federal grants:                                               

                                                                                

6       (a) An amount estimated at $600,000.00 for acquired                         

                                                                                

7   immunodeficiency syndrome education grants, funded from                     

                                                                                

8   HHS-center for disease control, AIDS funding.                               

                                                                                

9       (b) An amount estimated at $976,000.00 for at-risk child                    

                                                                                

10  care, funded from HHS-ACF, at-risk child care funds.                        

                                                                                

11      (b)  (c)  An amount estimated at $1,553,500.00 for emergency                

                                                                                

12  services to immigrants, funded from DED-OBEMLA, emergency                   

                                                                                

13  immigrant education assistance funds.                                       

                                                                                

14      (c)  (d)  An amount estimated at $1,468,300.00 to provide                   

                                                                                

15  services to homeless children and youth, funded from DED-OVAE,              

                                                                                

16  homeless children and youth funds.                                          

                                                                                

17      (d)  (e)  An amount estimated at  $400,000.00  $1,000,000.00                

                                                                                

18  for refugee children school impact grants, funded from HHS-ACF,             

                                                                                

19  refugee children school impact funds.                                       

                                                                                

20      (f) An amount estimated at $857,500.00 for school-age child                 

                                                                                

21  care grants, funded from HHS-ACF, dependent care block grant                

                                                                                

22  funds.                                                                      

                                                                                

23      (e)  (g)  An amount estimated at  $640,000.00  $800,000.00                  

                                                                                

24  for serve America grants, funded from the corporation for                   

                                                                                

25  national and community service funds.                                       

                                                                                

26      (3) All federal funds allocated under this section shall be                 

                                                                                

27  distributed in accordance with federal law and with flexibility             


                                                                                

1   provisions outlined in Public Law 107-116, 115 Stat. 2177 and in            

                                                                                

2   the education flexibility partnership act of 1999, Public Law               

                                                                                

3   106-25, 113 Stat. 41.  Notwithstanding section 17b, payments of             

                                                                                

4   federal funds to districts, intermediate districts, and other               

                                                                                

5   eligible entities under this section shall be paid on a schedule            

                                                                                

6   determined by the department.                                               

                                                                                

7       (4) As used in this section:                                                

                                                                                

8       (a) "DED" means the United States department of education.                  

                                                                                

9       (b) "DED-OBEMLA" means the DED office of bilingual education                

                                                                                

10  and minority languages affairs.                                             

                                                                                

11      (c) "DED-OESE" means the DED office of elementary and                       

                                                                                

12  secondary education.                                                        

                                                                                

13      (d) "DED-OVAE" means the DED office of vocational and adult                 

                                                                                

14  education.                                                                  

                                                                                

15      (e) "HHS" means the United States department of health and                  

                                                                                

16  human services.                                                             

                                                                                

17      (f) "HHS-ACF" means the HHS administration for children and                 

                                                                                

18  families.                                                                   

                                                                                

19      Sec. 41.  From the appropriation in section 11, there is                    

                                                                                

20  allocated an amount not to exceed $4,212,000.00  each fiscal year           

                                                                                

21  for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  for 2003-2004 to applicant               

                                                                                

22  districts and intermediate districts offering programs of                   

                                                                                

23  bilingual instruction for pupils of limited English-speaking                

                                                                                

24  ability under section 1153 of the revised school code,                      

                                                                                

25  MCL 380.1153.  Reimbursement shall be on a per pupil basis and              

                                                                                

26  shall be based on the number of pupils of limited                           

                                                                                

27  English-speaking ability in membership on the pupil membership              


                                                                                

1   count day.  Funds allocated under this section shall be used                

                                                                                

2   solely for bilingual instruction in speaking, reading, writing,             

                                                                                

3   or comprehension of pupils of limited English-speaking ability.             

                                                                                

4       Sec. 51a.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there                  

                                                                                

5   is allocated  for 2001-2002 an amount not to exceed                         

                                                                                

6   $796,401,900.00 from state sources and all available federal                

                                                                                

7   funding under sections 611 to 619 of part B of the individuals              

                                                                                

8   with disabilities education act, title VI of Public Law 91-230,             

                                                                                

9   20 U.S.C. 1411 to 1419, estimated at $203,000,000.00, plus any              

                                                                                

10  carryover federal funds from previous year appropriations; and              

                                                                                

11  there is allocated each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  for                  

                                                                                

12  2003-2004 an amount not to exceed  $852,721,900.00                          

                                                                                

13  $885,183,000.00 from state sources and all available federal                

                                                                                

14  funding under sections 611 to 619 of part B of the individuals              

                                                                                

15  with disabilities education act, title VI of Public Law 91-230,             

                                                                                

16  20 U.S.C. 1411 to 1419, estimated at $235,000,000.00,  each                 

                                                                                

17  fiscal year,  plus any carryover federal funds from previous year           

                                                                                

18  appropriations.  The allocations under this subsection are for              

                                                                                

19  the purpose of reimbursing districts and intermediate districts             

                                                                                

20  for special education programs, services, and special education             

                                                                                

21  personnel as prescribed in article 3 of the revised school code,            

                                                                                

22  MCL 380.1701 to 380.1766; net tuition payments made by                      

                                                                                

23  intermediate districts to the Michigan schools for the deaf and             

                                                                                

24  blind; and special education programs and services for pupils who           

                                                                                

25  are eligible for special education programs and services                    

                                                                                

26  according to statute or rule.  For meeting the costs of special             

                                                                                

27  education programs and services not reimbursed under this                   


                                                                                

1   article, a district or intermediate district may use money in               

                                                                                

2   general funds or special education funds, not otherwise                     

                                                                                

3   restricted, or contributions from districts to intermediate                 

                                                                                

4   districts, tuition payments, gifts and contributions from                   

                                                                                

5   individuals, or federal funds that may be available for this                

                                                                                

6   purpose, as determined by the intermediate district plan prepared           

                                                                                

7   pursuant to article 3 of the revised school code, MCL 380.1701 to           

                                                                                

8   380.1766.  All federal funds allocated under this section in                

                                                                                

9   excess of those allocated under this section for 2001-2002 may be           

                                                                                

10  distributed in accordance with 34 C.F.R. 300.234 and section                

                                                                                

11  613(a)(2)(D) of part B of title VI of the individuals with                  

                                                                                

12  disabilities education act, Public Law 91-230, 20 U.S.C. 1413.              

                                                                                

13  Notwithstanding section 17b, payments of federal funds to                   

                                                                                

14  districts, intermediate districts, and other eligible entities              

                                                                                

15  under this section shall be paid on a schedule determined by the            

                                                                                

16  department.                                                                 

                                                                                

17      (2) From the funds allocated under subsection (1), there is                 

                                                                                

18  allocated  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and               

                                                                                

19  for 2003-2004 the amount necessary, estimated at  $139,200,000.00           

                                                                                

20  for 2001-2002 and $149,500,000.00 each fiscal year for 2002-2003            

                                                                                

21  and  $160,500,000.00 for 2003-2004, for payments toward                     

                                                                                

22  reimbursing districts and intermediate districts for 28.6138% of            

                                                                                

23  total approved costs of special education, excluding costs                  

                                                                                

24  reimbursed under section 53a, and 70.4165% of total approved                

                                                                                

25  costs of special education transportation.  Allocations under               

                                                                                

26  this subsection shall be made as follows:                                   

                                                                                

27      (a) The initial amount allocated to a district under this                   


                                                                                

1   subsection toward fulfilling the specified percentages shall be             

                                                                                

2   calculated by multiplying the district's special education pupil            

                                                                                

3   membership, excluding pupils described in subsection (12), times            

                                                                                

4   the sum of the foundation allowance under section 20 of the                 

                                                                                

5   pupil's district of residence plus the amount of the district's             

                                                                                

6   per pupil allocation under section 20j(2), not to exceed                    

                                                                                

7   $6,500.00 adjusted by the dollar amount of the difference between           

                                                                                

8   the basic foundation allowance under section 20 for the current             

                                                                                

9   fiscal year and $5,000.00 minus $200.00, or, for a special                  

                                                                                

10  education pupil in membership in a district that is a public                

                                                                                

11  school academy or university school, times an amount equal to the           

                                                                                

12  amount per membership pupil calculated under section 20(6).  For            

                                                                                

13  an intermediate district, the amount allocated under this                   

                                                                                

14  subdivision toward fulfilling the specified percentages shall be            

                                                                                

15  an amount per special education membership pupil, excluding                 

                                                                                

16  pupils described in subsection (12), and shall be calculated in             

                                                                                

17  the same manner as for a district, using the foundation allowance           

                                                                                

18  under section 20 of the pupil's district of residence, not to               

                                                                                

19  exceed $6,500.00 adjusted by the dollar amount of the difference            

                                                                                

20  between the basic foundation allowance under section 20 for the             

                                                                                

21  current fiscal year and $5,000.00 minus $200.00, and that                   

                                                                                

22  district's per pupil allocation under section 20j(2).   However,            

                                                                                

23  beginning in 2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount prescribed in this             

                                                                                

24  subdivision shall be adjusted each year by an amount equal to the           

                                                                                

25  dollar amount of the difference between the basic foundation                

                                                                                

26  allowance for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00, minus            

                                                                                

27  $200.00.                                                                    


                                                                                

1       (b) After the allocations under subdivision (a), districts                  

                                                                                

2   and intermediate districts for which the payments under                     

                                                                                

3   subdivision (a) do not fulfill the specified percentages shall be           

                                                                                

4   paid the amount necessary to achieve the specified percentages              

                                                                                

5   for the district or intermediate district.                                  

                                                                                

6       (3) From the funds allocated under subsection (1), there is                 

                                                                                

7   allocated  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and               

                                                                                

8   for 2003-2004 the amount necessary, estimated at  $2,000,000.00             

                                                                                

9   each fiscal year  $1,800,000.00, to make payments to districts              

                                                                                

10  and intermediate districts under this subsection.  If the amount            

                                                                                

11  allocated to a district or intermediate district for a fiscal               

                                                                                

12  year under subsection (2)(b) is less than the sum of the amounts            

                                                                                

13  allocated to the district or intermediate district for 1996-97              

                                                                                

14  under sections 52 and 58, there is allocated to the district or             

                                                                                

15  intermediate district for the fiscal year an amount equal to that           

                                                                                

16  difference, adjusted by applying the same proration factor that             

                                                                                

17  was used in the distribution of funds under section 52 in 1996-97           

                                                                                

18  as adjusted to the district's or intermediate district's                    

                                                                                

19  necessary costs of special education used in calculations for the           

                                                                                

20  fiscal year.  This adjustment is to reflect reductions in special           

                                                                                

21  education program operations between 1996-97 and subsequent                 

                                                                                

22  fiscal years.  Adjustments for reductions in special education              

                                                                                

23  program operations shall be made in a manner determined by the              

                                                                                

24  department and shall include adjustments for program shifts.                

                                                                                

25      (4) If the department determines that the sum of the amounts                

                                                                                

26  allocated for a fiscal year to a district or intermediate                   

                                                                                

27  district under subsection (2)(a) and (b) is not sufficient to               


                                                                                

1   fulfill the specified percentages in subsection (2), then the               

                                                                                

2   shortfall shall be paid to the district or intermediate district            

                                                                                

3   during the fiscal year beginning on the October 1 following the             

                                                                                

4   determination and payments under subsection (3) shall be adjusted           

                                                                                

5   as necessary.  If the department determines that the sum of the             

                                                                                

6   amounts allocated for a fiscal year to a district or intermediate           

                                                                                

7   district under subsection (2)(a) and (b) exceeds the sum of the             

                                                                                

8   amount necessary to fulfill the specified percentages in                    

                                                                                

9   subsection (2), then the department shall deduct the amount of              

                                                                                

10  the excess from the district's or intermediate district's                   

                                                                                

11  payments under this act for the fiscal year beginning on the                

                                                                                

12  October 1 following the determination and payments under                    

                                                                                

13  subsection (3) shall be adjusted as necessary.  However, if the             

                                                                                

14  amount allocated under subsection (2)(a) in itself exceeds the              

                                                                                

15  amount necessary to fulfill the specified percentages in                    

                                                                                

16  subsection (2), there shall be no deduction under this                      

                                                                                

17  subsection.                                                                 

                                                                                

18      (5) State funds shall be allocated on a total approved cost                 

                                                                                

19  basis.  Federal funds shall be allocated under applicable federal           

                                                                                

20  requirements, except that an amount not to exceed $3,500,000.00             

                                                                                

21  each fiscal year  may be allocated by the department  for                  

                                                                                

22  2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  for 2003-2004 to districts or                

                                                                                

23  intermediate districts on a competitive grant basis for programs,           

                                                                                

24  equipment, and services that the department determines to be                

                                                                                

25  designed to benefit or improve special education on a statewide             

                                                                                

26  scale.                                                                      

                                                                                

27      (6) From the amount allocated in subsection (1), there is                   


                                                                                

1   allocated an amount not to exceed $2,200,000.00  each fiscal year           

                                                                                

2   for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  for 2003-2004 to reimburse               

                                                                                

3   100% of the net increase in necessary costs incurred by a                   

                                                                                

4   district or intermediate district in implementing the revisions             

                                                                                

5   in the administrative rules for special education that became               

                                                                                

6   effective on July 1, 1987.  As used in this subsection, "net                

                                                                                

7   increase in necessary costs" means the necessary additional costs           

                                                                                

8   incurred solely because of new or revised requirements in the               

                                                                                

9   administrative rules minus cost savings permitted in implementing           

                                                                                

10  the revised rules.  Net increase in necessary costs shall be                

                                                                                

11  determined in a manner specified by the department.                         

                                                                                

12      (7) For purposes of this article, all of the following                      

                                                                                

13  apply:                                                                      

                                                                                

14      (a) "Total approved costs of special education" shall be                    

                                                                                

15  determined in a manner specified by the department and may                  

                                                                                

16  include indirect costs, but shall not exceed 115% of approved               

                                                                                

17  direct costs for section 52 and section 53a programs.  The total            

                                                                                

18  approved costs include salary and other compensation for all                

                                                                                

19  approved special education personnel for the program, including             

                                                                                

20  payments for social security and medicare and public school                 

                                                                                

21  employee retirement system contributions.  The total approved               

                                                                                

22  costs do not include salaries or other compensation paid to                 

                                                                                

23  administrative personnel who are not special education personnel            

                                                                                

24  as defined in section 6 of the revised school code, MCL 380.6.              

                                                                                

25  Costs reimbursed by federal funds, other than those federal funds           

                                                                                

26  included in the allocation made under this article, are not                 

                                                                                

27  included.  Special education approved personnel not utilized full           


                                                                                

1   time in the evaluation of students or in the delivery of special            

                                                                                

2   education programs, ancillary, and other related services shall             

                                                                                

3   be reimbursed under this section only for that portion of time              

                                                                                

4   actually spent providing these programs and services, with the              

                                                                                

5   exception of special education programs and services provided to            

                                                                                

6   youth placed in child caring institutions or juvenile detention             

                                                                                

7   programs approved by the department to provide an on-grounds                

                                                                                

8   education program.                                                          

                                                                                

9       (b) Reimbursement for ancillary and other related services,                 

                                                                                

10  as defined by  R 340.1701  R 340.1701c of the Michigan                      

                                                                                

11  administrative code, shall not be provided when those services              

                                                                                

12  are covered by and available through private group health                   

                                                                                

13  insurance carriers or federal reimbursed program sources unless             

                                                                                

14  the department and district or intermediate district agree                  

                                                                                

15  otherwise and that agreement is approved by the state budget                

                                                                                

16  director.  Expenses, other than the incidental expense of filing,           

                                                                                

17  shall not be borne by the parent.  In addition, the filing of               

                                                                                

18  claims shall not delay the education of a pupil.  A district or             

                                                                                

19  intermediate district shall be responsible for payment of a                 

                                                                                

20  deductible amount and for an advance payment required until the             

                                                                                

21  time a claim is paid.                                                       

                                                                                

22      (8) From the allocation in subsection (1), there is allocated               

                                                                                

23  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  for                    

                                                                                

24  2003-2004 an amount not to exceed $15,313,900.00  each fiscal               

                                                                                

25  year  to intermediate districts.  The payment under this                    

                                                                                

26  subsection to each intermediate district shall be equal to the              

                                                                                

27  amount of the 1996-97 allocation to the intermediate district               


                                                                                

1   under subsection (6) of this section as in effect for 1996-97.              

                                                                                

2       (9) A pupil who is enrolled in a full-time special education                

                                                                                

3   program conducted or administered by an intermediate district or            

                                                                                

4   a pupil who is enrolled in the Michigan schools for the deaf and            

                                                                                

5   blind shall not be included in the membership count of a                    

                                                                                

6   district, but shall be counted in membership in the intermediate            

                                                                                

7   district of residence.                                                      

                                                                                

8       (10) Special education personnel transferred from 1 district                

                                                                                

9   to another to implement the revised school code shall be entitled           

                                                                                

10  to the rights, benefits, and tenure to which the person would               

                                                                                

11  otherwise be entitled had that person been employed by the                  

                                                                                

12  receiving district originally.                                              

                                                                                

13      (11) If a district or intermediate district uses money                      

                                                                                

14  received under this section for a purpose other than the purpose            

                                                                                

15  or purposes for which the money is allocated, the department may            

                                                                                

16  require the district or intermediate district to refund the                 

                                                                                

17  amount of money received.  Money that is refunded shall be                  

                                                                                

18  deposited in the state treasury to the credit of the state school           

                                                                                

19  aid fund.                                                                   

                                                                                

20      (12) From the funds allocated in subsection (1), there is                   

                                                                                

21  allocated  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and               

                                                                                

22  for 2003-2004 the amount necessary, estimated at  $7,200,000.00             

                                                                                

23  each fiscal year  $6,900,000.00, to pay the foundation allowances           

                                                                                

24  for pupils described in this subsection.  The allocation to a               

                                                                                

25  district under this subsection shall be calculated by multiplying           

                                                                                

26  the number of pupils described in this subsection who are counted           

                                                                                

27  in membership in the district times the sum of the foundation               


                                                                                

1   allowance under section 20 of the pupil's district of residence             

                                                                                

2   plus the amount of the district's per pupil allocation under                

                                                                                

3   section 20j(2), not to exceed $6,500.00 adjusted by the dollar              

                                                                                

4   amount of the difference between the basic foundation allowance             

                                                                                

5   under section 20 for the current fiscal year and $5,000.00 minus            

                                                                                

6   $200.00, or, for a pupil described in this subsection who is                

                                                                                

7   counted in membership in a district that is a public school                 

                                                                                

8   academy or university school, times an amount equal to the amount           

                                                                                

9   per membership pupil under section 20(6).  The allocation to an             

                                                                                

10  intermediate district under this subsection shall be calculated             

                                                                                

11  in the same manner as for a district, using the foundation                  

                                                                                

12  allowance under section 20 of the pupil's district of residence,            

                                                                                

13  not to exceed $6,500.00 adjusted by the dollar amount of the                

                                                                                

14  difference between the basic foundation allowance under section             

                                                                                

15  20 for the current fiscal year and $5,000.00 minus $200.00, and             

                                                                                

16  that district's per pupil allocation under section 20j(2).                  

                                                                                

17  However, beginning in 2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount prescribed           

                                                                                

18  in this subsection shall be adjusted each year by an amount equal           

                                                                                

19  to the dollar amount of the difference between the basic                    

                                                                                

20  foundation allowance for the current state fiscal year and                  

                                                                                

21  $5,000.00, minus $200.00.  This subsection applies to all of the            

                                                                                

22  following pupils:                                                           

                                                                                

23      (a) Pupils described in section 53a.                                        

                                                                                

24      (b) Pupils counted in membership in an intermediate district                

                                                                                

25  who are not special education pupils and are served by the                  

                                                                                

26  intermediate district in a juvenile detention or child caring               

                                                                                

27  facility.                                                                   


                                                                                

1       (c) Emotionally impaired pupils counted in membership by an                 

                                                                                

2   intermediate district and provided educational services by the              

                                                                                

3   department of community health.                                             

                                                                                

4       (13) After payments under subsections (2) and (12) and                      

                                                                                

5   section 51c, the remaining expenditures from the allocation in              

                                                                                

6   subsection (1) shall be made in the following order:                        

                                                                                

7       (a) 100% of the reimbursement required under section 53a.                   

                                                                                

8       (b) 100% of the reimbursement required under subsection (6).                

                                                                                

9       (c) 100% of the payment required under section 54.                          

                                                                                

10      (d) 100% of the payment required under subsection (3).                      

                                                                                

11      (e) 100% of the payment required under subsection (8).                      

                                                                                

12      (f) 100% of the payments under section 56.                                  

                                                                                

13      (14) The allocations under subsection (2), subsection (3),                  

                                                                                

14  and subsection (12) shall be allocations to intermediate                    

                                                                                

15  districts only and shall not be allocations to districts, but               

                                                                                

16  instead shall be calculations used only to determine the state              

                                                                                

17  payments under section 22b.                                                 

                                                                                

18      Sec. 51c.  As required by the court in the consolidated                     

                                                                                

19  cases known as Durant v State of Michigan, Michigan supreme court           

                                                                                

20  docket no. 104458-104492, from the allocation under section                 

                                                                                

21  51a(1), there is allocated  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for             

                                                                                

22  2002-2003, and  for 2003-2004 the amount necessary, estimated at            

                                                                                

23  $576,100,000.00 for 2001-2002 and $621,900,000.00 each fiscal              

                                                                                

24  year for 2002-2003 and for 2003-2004  $647,100,000.00, for                  

                                                                                

25  payments to reimburse districts for 28.6138% of total approved              

                                                                                

26  costs of special education excluding costs reimbursed under                 

                                                                                

27  section 53a, and 70.4165% of total approved costs of special                


                                                                                

1   education transportation.  Funds allocated under this section               

                                                                                

2   that are not expended in the state fiscal year for which they               

                                                                                

3   were allocated, as determined by the department, may be used to             

                                                                                

4   supplement the allocations under sections 22a and 22b in order to           

                                                                                

5   fully fund those calculated allocations for the same fiscal                 

                                                                                

6   year.                                                                       

                                                                                

7       Sec. 51d.  (1) From the federal funds appropriated in                       

                                                                                

8   section 11, there is allocated  each fiscal year for 2002-2003              

                                                                                

9   and  for 2003-2004 all available federal funding, estimated at              

                                                                                

10  $59,837,200.00,  each fiscal year,  for special education                   

                                                                                

11  programs that are funded by federal grants.  All federal funds              

                                                                                

12  allocated under this section shall be distributed in accordance             

                                                                                

13  with federal law.  Notwithstanding section 17b, payments of                 

                                                                                

14  federal funds to districts, intermediate districts, and other               

                                                                                

15  eligible entities under this section shall be paid on a schedule            

                                                                                

16  determined by the department.                                               

                                                                                

17      (2) From the federal funds allocated under subsection (1),                  

                                                                                

18  the following amounts are allocated  each fiscal year for                   

                                                                                

19  2002-2003 and  for 2003-2004:                                               

                                                                                

20      (a) An amount estimated at $16,000,000.00 for handicapped                   

                                                                                

21  infants and toddlers, funded from DED-OSERS, handicapped infants            

                                                                                

22  and toddlers funds.                                                         

                                                                                

23      (b) An amount estimated at $13,500,000.00 for preschool                     

                                                                                

24  grants (Public Law 94-142), funded from DED-OSERS, handicapped              

                                                                                

25  preschool incentive funds.                                                  

                                                                                

26      (c) An amount estimated at $30,337,200.00 for special                       

                                                                                

27  education programs funded by DED-OSERS, handicapped program,                


                                                                                

1   individuals with disabilities act funds.                                    

                                                                                

2       (3) As used in this section, "DED-OSERS" means the United                   

                                                                                

3   States department of education office of special education and              

                                                                                

4   rehabilitative services.                                                    

                                                                                

5       Sec. 53a.  (1) For districts, reimbursement for pupils                      

                                                                                

6   described in subsection (2), reimbursement shall be 100% of the             

                                                                                

7   total approved costs of operating special education programs and            

                                                                                

8   services approved by the department and included in the                     

                                                                                

9   intermediate district plan adopted pursuant to article 3 of the             

                                                                                

10  revised school code, MCL 380.1701 to 380.1766, minus the                    

                                                                                

11  district's foundation allowance calculated under section 20, and            

                                                                                

12  minus the amount calculated for the district under section 20j.             

                                                                                

13  For intermediate districts, reimbursement for pupils described in           

                                                                                

14  section (2) shall be calculated in the same manner as for a                 

                                                                                

15  district, using the foundation allowance under section 20 of the            

                                                                                

16  pupil's district of residence, not to exceed $6,500.00 adjusted             

                                                                                

17  by the dollar amount of the difference between the basic                    

                                                                                

18  foundation allowance under section 20 for the current fiscal year           

                                                                                

19  and the amount calculated for that district $5,000.00, minus                

                                                                                

20  $200.00, and under section 20j.   However, beginning in                     

                                                                                

21  2002-2003, the $6,500.00 amount prescribed in this subsection               

                                                                                

22  shall be adjusted each year by an amount equal to the dollar                

                                                                                

23  amount of the difference between the basic foundation allowance             

                                                                                

24  for the current state fiscal year and $5,000.00, minus $200.00.             

                                                                                

25      (2) Reimbursement under subsection (1) is for the following                 

                                                                                

26  special education pupils:                                                   

                                                                                

27      (a) Pupils assigned to a district or intermediate district                  


                                                                                

1   through the community placement program of the courts or a state            

                                                                                

2   agency, if the pupil was a resident of another intermediate                 

                                                                                

3   district at the time the pupil came under the jurisdiction of the           

                                                                                

4   court or a state agency.                                                    

                                                                                

5       (b) Pupils who are residents of institutions operated by the                

                                                                                

6   department of community health.                                             

                                                                                

7       (c) Pupils who are former residents of department of                        

                                                                                

8   community health institutions for the developmentally disabled              

                                                                                

9   who are placed in community settings other than the pupil's                 

                                                                                

10  home.                                                                       

                                                                                

11      (d) Pupils enrolled in a department-approved on-grounds                     

                                                                                

12  educational program longer than 180 days, but not longer than 233           

                                                                                

13  days, at a residential child care institution, if the child care            

                                                                                

14  institution offered in 1991-92 an on-grounds educational program            

                                                                                

15  longer than 180 days but not longer than 233 days.                          

                                                                                

16      (e) Pupils placed in a district by a parent for the purpose                 

                                                                                

17  of seeking a suitable home, if the parent does not reside in the            

                                                                                

18  same intermediate district as the district in which the pupil is            

                                                                                

19  placed.                                                                     

                                                                                

20      (3) Only those costs that are clearly and directly                          

                                                                                

21  attributable to educational programs for pupils described in                

                                                                                

22  subsection (2), and that would not have been incurred if the                

                                                                                

23  pupils were not being educated in a district or intermediate                

                                                                                

24  district, are reimbursable under this section.                              

                                                                                

25      (4) The costs of transportation shall be funded under this                  

                                                                                

26  section and shall not be reimbursed under section 58.                       

                                                                                

27      (5) Not more than  $14,800,000.00 each fiscal year for                      


                                                                                

1   2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and for 2003-2004  $12,800,000.00 of              

                                                                                

2   the allocation for 2003-2004 in section 51a(1) shall be allocated           

                                                                                

3   under this section.                                                         

                                                                                

4       (6) From the allocation in subsection (5), there is                         

                                                                                

5   allocated each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and for            

                                                                                

6   2003-2004 an amount not to exceed $150,000.00 to an intermediate            

                                                                                

7   district that received at least $1,000,000.00 for 1999-2000 under           

                                                                                

8   subsection (4).                                                             

                                                                                

9       Sec. 54.  In addition to the aid received under section 52,                 

                                                                                

10  each intermediate district shall receive an amount per pupil for            

                                                                                

11  each pupil in attendance at the Michigan schools for the deaf and           

                                                                                

12  blind.  The amount shall be proportionate to the total                      

                                                                                

13  instructional cost at each school.  Not more than $1,688,000.00             

                                                                                

14  each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and for                     

                                                                                

15  2003-2004  of the allocation for 2003-2004 in section 51a(1)                

                                                                                

16  shall be allocated under this section.                                      

                                                                                

17      Sec. 56.  (1) For the purposes of this section:                             

                                                                                

18      (a) "Membership" means for a particular fiscal year the total               

                                                                                

19  membership for the immediately preceding fiscal year of the                 

                                                                                

20  intermediate district and the districts constituent to the                  

                                                                                

21  intermediate district.                                                      

                                                                                

22      (b) "Millage levied" means the millage levied for special                   

                                                                                

23  education pursuant to part 30 of the revised school code,                   

                                                                                

24  MCL 380.1711 to 380.1743, including a levy for debt service                 

                                                                                

25  obligations.                                                                

                                                                                

26      (c) "Taxable value" means the total taxable value of the                    

                                                                                

27  districts constituent to an intermediate district, except that if           


                                                                                

1   a district has elected not to come under part 30 of the revised             

                                                                                

2   school code, MCL 380.1711 to 380.1743, membership and taxable               

                                                                                

3   value of the district shall not be included in the membership and           

                                                                                

4   taxable value of the intermediate district.                                 

                                                                                

5       (2) From the allocation under section 51a(1), there is                      

                                                                                

6   allocated an amount not to exceed  $37,900,000.00 for 2001-2002             

                                                                                

7   and an amount not to exceed $38,120,000.00 each fiscal year for             

                                                                                

8   2002-2003 and  $36,881,100.00 for 2003-2004 to reimburse                    

                                                                                

9   intermediate districts levying millages for special education               

                                                                                

10  pursuant to part 30 of the revised school code, MCL 380.1711 to             

                                                                                

11  380.1743.  The purpose, use, and expenditure of the reimbursement           

                                                                                

12  shall be limited as if the funds were generated by these millages           

                                                                                

13  and governed by the intermediate district plan adopted pursuant             

                                                                                

14  to article 3 of the revised school code, MCL 380.1701 to                    

                                                                                

15  380.1766.  As a condition of receiving funds under this section,            

                                                                                

16  an intermediate district distributing any portion of special                

                                                                                

17  education millage funds to its constituent districts shall submit           

                                                                                

18  for departmental approval and implement a distribution plan.                

                                                                                

19      (3)  Reimbursement for those millages levied in 2000-2001                   

                                                                                

20  shall be made in 2001-2002 at an amount per 2000-2001 membership            

                                                                                

21  pupil computed by subtracting from $119,200.00 the 2000-2001                

                                                                                

22  taxable value behind each membership pupil and multiplying the              

                                                                                

23  resulting difference by the 2000-2001 millage levied.                       

                                                                                

24  Reimbursement for those millages levied in 2001-2002 shall be               

                                                                                

25  made in 2002-2003 at an amount per 2001-2002 membership pupil               

                                                                                

26  computed by subtracting from $125,900.00 the 2001-2002 taxable              

                                                                                

27  value behind each membership pupil and multiplying the resulting            


                                                                                

1   difference by the 2001-2002 millage levied.  Reimbursement for              

                                                                                

2   those millages levied in 2002-2003 shall be made in 2003-2004 at            

                                                                                

3   an amount per 2002-2003 membership pupil computed by subtracting            

                                                                                

4   from  $125,900.00  $132,275.00 the 2002-2003 taxable value behind           

                                                                                

5   each membership pupil and multiplying the resulting difference by           

                                                                                

6   the 2002-2003 millage levied.                                               

                                                                                

7       Sec. 57.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there is                

                                                                                

8   allocated an amount not to exceed  $600,000.00 each fiscal year             

                                                                                

9   for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  $150,000.00 for 2003-2004 to             

                                                                                

10  applicant intermediate districts that provide support services              

                                                                                

11  for the education of gifted and talented pupils.  An intermediate           

                                                                                

12  district is entitled to 75% of the actual salary, but not to                

                                                                                

13  exceed $25,000.00 reimbursement for an individual salary, of a              

                                                                                

14  support services teacher approved by the department, and not to             

                                                                                

15  exceed $4,000.00 reimbursement for expenditures to support                  

                                                                                

16  program costs, excluding in-county travel and salary, as approved           

                                                                                

17  by the department.                                                          

                                                                                

18      (2) From the appropriation in section 11, there is allocated                

                                                                                

19  an amount not to exceed  $400,000.00 each fiscal year for                   

                                                                                

20  2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  $0.00 for 2003-2004 to support               

                                                                                

21  part of the cost of summer institutes for gifted and talented               

                                                                                

22  students.  This amount shall be contracted to applicant                     

                                                                                

23  intermediate districts in cooperation with a local institution of           

                                                                                

24  higher education and shall be coordinated by the department.                

                                                                                

25      (3) From the appropriation in section 11, there is allocated                

                                                                                

26  an amount not to exceed  $4,000,000.00 each fiscal year for                 

                                                                                

27  2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  $850,000.00 for 2003-2004 for the            


                                                                                

1   development and operation of comprehensive programs for gifted              

                                                                                

2   and talented pupils.  An eligible district or consortium of                 

                                                                                

3   districts shall receive an amount not to exceed $100.00 per K-12            

                                                                                

4   pupil for up to 5% of the district's or consortium's K-12                   

                                                                                

5   membership for the immediately preceding fiscal year with a                 

                                                                                

6   minimum total grant of $6,000.00.  Funding shall be provided in             

                                                                                

7   the following order:  the per pupil allotment, and then the                 

                                                                                

8   minimum total grant of $6,000.00 to individual districts.  An               

                                                                                

9   intermediate district may act as the fiscal agent for a                     

                                                                                

10  consortium of districts.  In order to be eligible for funding               

                                                                                

11  under this subsection, the district or consortium of districts              

                                                                                

12  shall submit each year a current 3-year plan for operating a                

                                                                                

13  comprehensive program for gifted and talented pupils and the                

                                                                                

14  district or consortium shall demonstrate to the department that             

                                                                                

15  the district or consortium will contribute matching funds of at             

                                                                                

16  least $50.00 per K-12 pupil.  The plan or revised plan shall be             

                                                                                

17  developed in accordance with criteria established by the                    

                                                                                

18  department and shall be submitted to the department for                     

                                                                                

19  approval.  Within the criteria, the department shall encourage              

                                                                                

20  the development of consortia among districts of less than 5,000             

                                                                                

21  memberships.                                                                

                                                                                

22      Sec. 61a.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there                  

                                                                                

23  is allocated an amount not to exceed  $31,027,600.00 each fiscal            

                                                                                

24  year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  $30,019,200.00 for                  

                                                                                

25  2003-2004 to reimburse on an added cost basis districts, except             

                                                                                

26  for a district that served as the fiscal agent for a vocational             

                                                                                

27  education consortium in the 1993-94 school year, and secondary              


                                                                                

1   area vocational-technical education centers for secondary-level             

                                                                                

2   vocational-technical education programs, including parenthood               

                                                                                

3   education programs, according to rules approved by the                      

                                                                                

4   superintendent.  Applications for participation in the programs             

                                                                                

5   shall be submitted in the form prescribed by the department.  The           

                                                                                

6   department shall determine the added cost for each                          

                                                                                

7   vocational-technical program area.  The allocation of added cost            

                                                                                

8   funds shall be based on the type of vocational-technical programs           

                                                                                

9   provided, the number of pupils enrolled, and the length of the              

                                                                                

10  training period provided, and shall not exceed 75% of the added             

                                                                                

11  cost of any program.  With the approval of the department, the              

                                                                                

12  board of a district maintaining a secondary vocational-technical            

                                                                                

13  education program may offer the program for the period from the             

                                                                                

14  close of the school year until September 1.  The program shall              

                                                                                

15  use existing facilities and shall be operated as prescribed by              

                                                                                

16  rules promulgated by the superintendent.                                    

                                                                                

17      (2) Except for a district that served as the fiscal agent for               

                                                                                

18  a vocational education consortium in the 1993-94 school year,               

                                                                                

19  districts and intermediate districts shall be reimbursed for                

                                                                                

20  local vocational administration, shared time vocational                     

                                                                                

21  administration, and career education planning district                      

                                                                                

22  vocational-technical administration.  The definition of what                

                                                                                

23  constitutes administration and reimbursement shall be pursuant to           

                                                                                

24  guidelines adopted by the superintendent.  Not more than                    

                                                                                

25  $800,000.00 of the allocation in subsection (1) shall be                    

                                                                                

26  distributed under this subsection.                                          

                                                                                

27      (3) From the allocation in subsection (1), there is allocated               


                                                                                

1   an amount not to exceed $388,700.00  each fiscal year  for                  

                                                                                

2   2003-2004 to intermediate districts with constituent districts              

                                                                                

3   that had combined state and local revenue per membership pupil in           

                                                                                

4   the 1994-95 state fiscal year of $6,500.00 or more, served as a             

                                                                                

5   fiscal agent for a state board designated area vocational                   

                                                                                

6   education center in the 1993-94 school year, and had an                     

                                                                                

7   adjustment made to their 1994-95 combined state and local revenue           

                                                                                

8   per membership pupil pursuant to section 20d.  The payment under            

                                                                                

9   this subsection to the intermediate district shall equal the                

                                                                                

10  amount of the allocation to the intermediate district for 1996-97           

                                                                                

11  under this subsection.                                                      

                                                                                

12      Sec. 62.  (1) For the purposes of this section:                             

                                                                                

13      (a) "Membership" means for a particular fiscal year the total               

                                                                                

14  membership for the immediately preceding fiscal year of the                 

                                                                                

15  intermediate district and the districts constituent to the                  

                                                                                

16  intermediate district or the total membership for the immediately           

                                                                                

17  preceding fiscal year of the area vocational-technical program.             

                                                                                

18      (b) "Millage levied" means the millage levied for area                      

                                                                                

19  vocational-technical education pursuant to sections 681 to 690 of           

                                                                                

20  the revised school code, MCL 380.681 to 380.690, including a levy           

                                                                                

21  for debt service obligations incurred as the result of borrowing            

                                                                                

22  for capital outlay projects and in meeting capital projects fund            

                                                                                

23  requirements of area vocational-technical education.                        

                                                                                

24      (c) "Taxable value" means the total taxable value of the                    

                                                                                

25  districts constituent to an intermediate district or area                   

                                                                                

26  vocational-technical education program, except that if a district           

                                                                                

27  has elected not to come under sections 681 to 690 of the revised            


                                                                                

1   school code, MCL 380.681 to 380.690, the membership and taxable             

                                                                                

2   value of that district shall not be included in the membership              

                                                                                

3   and taxable value of the intermediate district.  However, the               

                                                                                

4   membership and taxable value of a district that has elected not             

                                                                                

5   to come under sections 681 to 690 of the revised school code,               

                                                                                

6   MCL 380.681 to 380.690, shall be included in the membership and             

                                                                                

7   taxable value of the intermediate district if the district meets            

                                                                                

8   both of the following:                                                      

                                                                                

9                                                                                (i) The district operates the area vocational-technical                             

                                                                                

10  education program pursuant to a contract with the intermediate              

                                                                                

11  district.                                                                   

                                                                                

12      (ii) The district contributes an annual amount to the                        

                                                                                

13  operation of the program that is commensurate with the revenue              

                                                                                

14  that would have been raised for operation of the program if                 

                                                                                

15  millage were levied in the district for the program under                   

                                                                                

16  sections 681 to 690 of the revised school code, MCL 380.681 to              

                                                                                

17  380.690.                                                                    

                                                                                

18      (2) From the appropriation in section 11, there is allocated                

                                                                                

19  an amount not to exceed  $9,810,000.00 for 2001-2002 and an                 

                                                                                

20  amount not to exceed $9,860,000.00 each fiscal year for 2002-2003           

                                                                                

21  and  $9,539,600.00 for 2003-2004 to reimburse intermediate                  

                                                                                

22  districts and area vocational-technical education programs                  

                                                                                

23  established under section 690(3) of the revised school code,                

                                                                                

24  MCL 380.690, levying millages for area vocational-technical                 

                                                                                

25  education pursuant to sections 681 to 690 of the revised school             

                                                                                

26  code, MCL 380.681 to 380.690.  The purpose, use, and expenditure            

                                                                                

27  of the reimbursement shall be limited as if the funds were                  


                                                                                

1   generated by those millages.                                                

                                                                                

2       (3)  Reimbursement for the millages levied in 2000-2001 shall               

                                                                                

3   be made in 2001-2002 at an amount per 2000-2001 membership pupil            

                                                                                

4   computed by subtracting from $122,300.00 the 2000-2001 taxable              

                                                                                

5   value behind each membership pupil, and multiplying the resulting           

                                                                                

6   difference by the 2000-2001 millage levied.  Reimbursement for              

                                                                                

7   the millages levied in 2001-2002 shall be made in 2002-2003 at an           

                                                                                

8   amount per 2001-2002 membership pupil computed by subtracting               

                                                                                

9   from $130,200.00 the 2001-2002 taxable value behind each                    

                                                                                

10  membership pupil, and multiplying the resulting difference by the           

                                                                                

11  2001-2002 millage levied.  Reimbursement for the millages levied            

                                                                                

12  in 2002-2003 shall be made in 2003-2004 at an amount per                    

                                                                                

13  2002-2003 membership pupil computed by subtracting from                     

                                                                                

14  $130,200.00  $137,700.00 the 2002-2003 taxable value behind each           

                                                                                

15  membership pupil and multiplying the resulting difference by the            

                                                                                

16  2002-2003 millage levied.                                                   

                                                                                

17      Sec. 74.  (1) From the amount appropriated in section 11,                   

                                                                                

18  there is allocated an amount not to exceed $1,625,000.00  each              

                                                                                

19  fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  for 2003-2004 for            

                                                                                

20  the purposes of subsections (2) and (3).                                    

                                                                                

21      (2) From the allocation in subsection (1), there is allocated               

                                                                                

22  each fiscal year the amount necessary for payments to state                 

                                                                                

23  supported colleges or universities and intermediate districts               

                                                                                

24  providing school bus driver safety instruction or driver skills             

                                                                                

25  road tests pursuant to sections 51 and 52 of the pupil                      

                                                                                

26  transportation act, 1990 PA 187, MCL 257.1851 and 257.1852.  The            

                                                                                

27  payments shall be in an amount determined by the department not             


                                                                                

1   to exceed 75% of the actual cost of instruction and driver                  

                                                                                

2   compensation for each public or nonpublic school bus driver                 

                                                                                

3   attending a course of instruction.  For the purpose of computing            

                                                                                

4   compensation, the hourly rate allowed each school bus driver                

                                                                                

5   shall not exceed the hourly rate received for driving a school              

                                                                                

6   bus.  Reimbursement compensating the driver during the course of            

                                                                                

7   instruction or driver skills road tests shall be made by the                

                                                                                

8   department to the college or university or intermediate district            

                                                                                

9   providing the course of instruction.                                        

                                                                                

10      (3) From the allocation in subsection (1), there is allocated               

                                                                                

11  each fiscal year the amount necessary to pay the reasonable costs           

                                                                                

12  of nonspecial education auxiliary services transportation                   

                                                                                

13  provided pursuant to section 1323 of the revised school code,               

                                                                                

14  MCL 380.1323.  Districts funded under this subsection shall not             

                                                                                

15  receive funding under any other section of this act for                     

                                                                                

16  nonspecial education auxiliary services transportation.                     

                                                                                

17      Sec. 81.  (1) Except as otherwise provided in this section,                 

                                                                                

18  from the appropriation in section 11, there is allocated  each              

                                                                                

19  fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and  for 2003-2004 to             

                                                                                

20  the intermediate districts the sum necessary, but not to exceed             

                                                                                

21  $92,170,800.00 for 2001-2002 and not to exceed $95,028,100.00              

                                                                                

22  each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and for 2003-2004  $91,396,000.00,           

                                                                                

23  to provide state aid to intermediate districts under this                   

                                                                                

24  section.   Except as otherwise provided in this section, there              

                                                                                

25  shall be allocated to each intermediate district for 2001-2002 an           

                                                                                

26  amount equal to 105% of the amount of funding actually received             

                                                                                

27  by the intermediate district under this subsection for                      


                                                                                

1   2000-2001.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, there             

                                                                                

2   shall be allocated to each intermediate district  each fiscal               

                                                                                

3   year for 2002-2003 and  for 2003-2004 an amount equal to  103.1%            

                                                                                

4   of the amount of funding actually received by the intermediate              

                                                                                

5   district under this subsection for 2001-2002  96.17% of the                 

                                                                                

6   amount appropriated under this subsection for 2002-2003 in 2002             

                                                                                

7   PA 521, before any reduction made for 2002-2003 under section               

                                                                                

8   11(3).  Funding provided under this section shall be used to                

                                                                                

9   comply with requirements of this act and the revised school code            

                                                                                

10  that are applicable to intermediate districts, and for which                

                                                                                

11  funding is not provided elsewhere in this act, and to provide               

                                                                                

12  technical assistance to districts as authorized by the                      

                                                                                

13  intermediate school board.                                                  

                                                                                

14      (2) From the allocation in subsection (1), there is allocated               

                                                                                

15  to an intermediate district, formed by the consolidation or                 

                                                                                

16  annexation of 2 or more intermediate districts or the attachment            

                                                                                

17  of a total intermediate district to another intermediate school             

                                                                                

18  district or the annexation of all of the constituent K-12                   

                                                                                

19  districts of a previously existing intermediate school district             

                                                                                

20  which has disorganized, an additional allotment of $3,500.00 each           

                                                                                

21  fiscal year for each intermediate district included in the new              

                                                                                

22  intermediate district for 3 years following consolidation,                  

                                                                                

23  annexation, or attachment.                                                  

                                                                                

24      (3) If an intermediate district participated in 1993-94 in a                

                                                                                

25  consortium operating a regional educational media center under              

                                                                                

26  section 671 of the revised school code, MCL 380.671, and rules              

                                                                                

27  promulgated by the superintendent, and if the intermediate                  


                                                                                

1   district obtains written consent from each of the other                     

                                                                                

2   intermediate districts that participated in the consortium in               

                                                                                

3   1993-94, the intermediate district may notify the department not            

                                                                                

4   later than December 30 of the current fiscal year that it is                

                                                                                

5   electing to directly receive its payment attributable to                    

                                                                                

6   participation in that consortium.  An intermediate district                 

                                                                                

7   making that election, and that has obtained the necessary                   

                                                                                

8   consent, shall receive each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for                  

                                                                                

9   2002-2003, or for 2003-2004, as applicable, for each pupil in               

                                                                                

10  membership in the intermediate district or a constituent district           

                                                                                

11  an amount equal to the quotient of the 1993-94 allocation to the            

                                                                                

12  fiscal agent for that consortium under former section 83,                   

                                                                                

13  adjusted as determined by the department to account for that                

                                                                                

14  election, divided by the combined total membership for the                  

                                                                                

15  current fiscal year in all of the intermediate districts that               

                                                                                

16  participated in that consortium and their constituent districts.            

                                                                                

17  The amount allocated to an intermediate district under this                 

                                                                                

18  subsection for a fiscal year shall be deducted from the total               

                                                                                

19  allocation for that fiscal year under this section to the                   

                                                                                

20  intermediate district that was the 1993-94 fiscal agent for the             

                                                                                

21  consortium.                                                                 

                                                                                

22      (3)  (4)  During a fiscal year, the department shall not                    

                                                                                

23  increase an intermediate district's allocation under subsection             

                                                                                

24  (1) because of an adjustment made by the department during the              

                                                                                

25  fiscal year in the intermediate district's taxable value for a              

                                                                                

26  prior year.  Instead, the department shall report the adjustment            

                                                                                

27  and the estimated amount of the increase to the house and senate            


                                                                                

1   fiscal agencies and the state budget director not later than                

                                                                                

2   June 1 of the fiscal year, and the legislature shall appropriate            

                                                                                

3   money for the adjustment in the next succeeding fiscal year.                

                                                                                

4       (4)  (5)  In order to receive funding under this section, an                

                                                                                

5   intermediate district shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of              

                                                                                

6   the department that the intermediate district employs at least 1            

                                                                                

7   person who is trained in pupil counting procedures, rules, and              

                                                                                

8   regulations.                                                                

                                                                                

9       Sec. 94a.  (1) There is created within the office of the                    

                                                                                

10  state budget director in the department of management and budget            

                                                                                

11  the center for educational performance and information.  The                

                                                                                

12  department of management and budget shall provide administrative            

                                                                                

13  support to the center. The center shall do all of the following:            

                                                                                

14      (a) Coordinate the collection of all data required by state                 

                                                                                

15  and federal law from all entities receiving funds under this                

                                                                                

16  act.                                                                        

                                                                                

17      (b) Collect data in the most efficient manner possible in                   

                                                                                

18  order to reduce the administrative burden on reporting entities.            

                                                                                

19      (c) Establish procedures to ensure the validity and                         

                                                                                

20  reliability of the data and the collection process.                         

                                                                                

21      (d) Develop state and model local data collection policies,                 

                                                                                

22  including, but not limited to, policies that ensure the privacy             

                                                                                

23  of individual student data.  State privacy policies shall ensure            

                                                                                

24  that student social security numbers are not released to the                

                                                                                

25  public for any purpose.                                                     

                                                                                

26      (e) Provide data in a useful manner to allow state and local                

                                                                                

27  policymakers to make informed policy decisions.                             


                                                                                

1       (f) Provide reports to the citizens of this state to allow                  

                                                                                

2   them to assess allocation of resources and the return on their              

                                                                                

3   investment in the education system of this state.                           

                                                                                

4       (g) Assist all entities receiving funds under this act in                   

                                                                                

5   complying with audits performed according to generally accepted             

                                                                                

6   accounting procedures.                                                      

                                                                                

7       (h) Other functions as assigned by the state budget                         

                                                                                

8   director.                                                                   

                                                                                

9       (2) The state budget director shall appoint a CEPI advisory                 

                                                                                

10  committee, consisting of the following members:                             

                                                                                

11      (a) One representative from the house fiscal agency.                        

                                                                                

12      (b) One representative from the senate fiscal agency.                       

                                                                                

13      (c) One representative from the office of the state budget                  

                                                                                

14  director.                                                                   

                                                                                

15      (d) One representative from the state education agency.                     

                                                                                

16      (e) One representative each from the department of career                   

                                                                                

17  development and the department of treasury.                                 

                                                                                

18      (f) Three representatives from intermediate school                          

                                                                                

19  districts.                                                                  

                                                                                

20      (g) One representative from each of the following educational               

                                                                                

21  organizations:                                                              

                                                                                

22                                                                               (i) Michigan association of school boards.                                          

                                                                                

23      (ii) Michigan association of school administrators.                          

                                                                                

24      (iii) Michigan school business officials.                                    

                                                                                

25      (h) One representative representing private sector firms                    

                                                                                

26  responsible for auditing school records.                                    

                                                                                

27      (i) Other representatives as the state budget director                      


                                                                                

1   determines are necessary.                                                   

                                                                                

2       (3) The CEPI advisory committee appointed under                             

                                                                                

3   subsection (2) shall provide advice to the director of the center           

                                                                                

4   regarding the management of the center's data collection                    

                                                                                

5   activities, including, but not limited to:                                  

                                                                                

6       (a) Determining what data is necessary to collect and                       

                                                                                

7   maintain in order to perform the center's functions in the most             

                                                                                

8   efficient manner possible.                                                  

                                                                                

9       (b) Defining the roles of all stakeholders in the data                      

                                                                                

10  collection system.                                                          

                                                                                

11      (c) Recommending timelines for the implementation and ongoing               

                                                                                

12  collection of data.                                                         

                                                                                

13      (d) Establishing and maintaining data definitions, data                     

                                                                                

14  transmission protocols, and system specifications and procedures            

                                                                                

15  for the efficient and accurate transmission and collection of               

                                                                                

16  data.                                                                       

                                                                                

17      (e) Establishing and maintaining a process for ensuring the                 

                                                                                

18  accuracy of the data.                                                       

                                                                                

19      (f) Establishing and maintaining state and model local                      

                                                                                

20  policies related to data collection, including, but not limited             

                                                                                

21  to, privacy policies related to individual student data.                    

                                                                                

22      (g) Ensuring the data is made available to state and local                  

                                                                                

23  policymakers and citizens of this state in the most useful format           

                                                                                

24  possible.                                                                   

                                                                                

25      (h) Other matters as determined by the state budget director                

                                                                                

26  or the director of the center.                                              

                                                                                

27      (4) The center may enter into any interlocal agreements                     


                                                                                

1   necessary to fulfill its functions.                                         

                                                                                

2       (5)  From the general fund appropriation in section 11, there               

                                                                                

3   is allocated an amount not to exceed $2,332,000.00 for 2001-2002            

                                                                                

4   for payments to the center.  From the general fund appropriation            

                                                                                

5   in section 11, there is allocated an amount not to exceed                   

                                                                                

6   $4,500,000.00 each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  $3,000,000.00            

                                                                                

7   for 2003-2004 to the office of the state budget in the department           

                                                                                

8   of management and budget to support the operations of the                   

                                                                                

9   center.  From this funding, the center shall use $2,000,000.00              

                                                                                

10  for a contract with Standard & Poor's for the school evaluation             

                                                                                

11  services website. The center shall cooperate with the state                 

                                                                                

12  education agency to ensure that this state is in compliance with            

                                                                                

13  federal law and is maximizing opportunities for increased federal           

                                                                                

14  funding to improve education in this state.  In addition, from              

                                                                                

15  the federal funds appropriated in section 11  for 2002-2003 and             

                                                                                

16  for 2003-2004, there is allocated the following amounts  each               

                                                                                

17  fiscal year  in order to fulfill federal reporting requirements:            

                                                                                

18      (a) An amount estimated at $1,000,000.00 funded from                        

                                                                                

19  DED-OESE, title I, disadvantaged children funds.                            

                                                                                

20      (b) An amount estimated at $284,700.00 funded from DED-OESE,                

                                                                                

21  title I, reading first state grant funds.                                   

                                                                                

22      (c) An amount estimated at  $46,750.00  $46,800.00 funded                   

                                                                                

23  from DED-OESE, title I, migrant education funds.                            

                                                                                

24      (d) An amount estimated at $500,000.00 funded from DED-OESE,                

                                                                                

25  improving teacher quality funds.                                            

                                                                                

26      (e) An amount estimated at  $526,100.00  $100,000.00 funded                 

                                                                                

27  from DED-OESE, drug-free schools and communities funds.                     


                                                                                

1       (6)  Funds  Federal funds allocated under this section that                 

                                                                                

2   are not expended in the fiscal year in which they were allocated            

                                                                                

3   may be carried forward to a subsequent fiscal year.   From the              

                                                                                

4   funds allocated for 1999-2000 that were carried forward under               

                                                                                

5   this section and from the general funds appropriated under this             

                                                                                

6   section for 2002-2003, the center shall make grants to                      

                                                                                

7   intermediate districts for the purpose of assisting the                     

                                                                                

8   intermediate districts and their constituent districts in data              

                                                                                

9   collection required by state and federal law or necessary for               

                                                                                

10  audits according to generally accepted accounting procedures.               

                                                                                

11  Grants to each intermediate district shall be made at the rate of           

                                                                                

12  $2.00 per each full-time equated membership pupil times the total           

                                                                                

13  number of 2000-2001 pupils in membership in the intermediate                

                                                                                

14  district and its constituent districts.  An intermediate district           

                                                                                

15  shall develop a plan in cooperation with its constituent                    

                                                                                

16  districts to distribute the grants between the intermediate                 

                                                                                

17  district and its constituent districts.  These grants shall be              

                                                                                

18  paid to intermediate districts no later than the next regularly             

                                                                                

19  scheduled school aid payment after the effective date of this               

                                                                                

20  section.                                                                    

                                                                                

21      (7) If the applicable intermediate district determines that                 

                                                                                

22  the pupil counts submitted by a district for the February 2002              

                                                                                

23  supplemental pupil count using the single record student database           

                                                                                

24  cannot be audited by the intermediate district pursuant to                  

                                                                                

25  section 101, all of the following apply:                                    

                                                                                

26      (a) The district may submit its pupil count data for the                    

                                                                                

27  February 2002 supplemental pupil count using the education data             


                                                                                

1   network system.                                                             

                                                                                

2       (b) If the applicable intermediate district determines that                 

                                                                                

3   the pupil counts submitted by the district for the 2002-2003                

                                                                                

4   pupil membership count day using the single record student                  

                                                                                

5   database cannot be audited by the intermediate district pursuant            

                                                                                

6   to section 101, the district may submit its pupil count data for            

                                                                                

7   the 2002-2003 pupil membership count day using the education data           

                                                                                

8   network system.                                                             

                                                                                

9       (8) At least 30 days before implementing a proposed                         

                                                                                

10  electronic data collection, submission, or collation process, or            

                                                                                

11  a proposed change to 1 or more of those processes, the center               

                                                                                

12  shall submit the proposal and an analysis of the proposal to the            

                                                                                

13  senate and house of representatives appropriations subcommittees            

                                                                                

14  responsible for this act.  The analysis shall include at least a            

                                                                                

15  determination of the cost of the proposal for districts and                 

                                                                                

16  intermediate districts and of available funding for districts and           

                                                                                

17  intermediate districts.                                                     

                                                                                

18      (7) The center may bill departments as necessary in order to                

                                                                                

19  fulfill reporting requirements of the no child left behind act of           

                                                                                

20  2001, Public Law 107-110, 115 Stat. 1425, and any other reporting           

                                                                                

21  required by the equal employment opportunity commission, office             

                                                                                

22  of civil rights, or the national center for education statistics.           

                                                                                

23      (8)  (9)  As used in this section:                                          

                                                                                

24      (a) "Center" means the center for educational performance and               

                                                                                

25  information created under this section.                                     

                                                                                

26      (b) "DED-OESE" means the United States department of                        

                                                                                

27  education office of elementary and secondary education.                     


                                                                                

1       (c) "State education agency" means the department.                          

                                                                                

2       Sec. 98.  (1) From the general fund money appropriated in                   

                                                                                

3   section 11, there is allocated an amount not to exceed                      

                                                                                

4   $1,500,000.00 for 2001-2002 and an amount not to exceed                    

                                                                                

5   $5,000,000.00 each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and  $1,000,000.00             

                                                                                

6   for 2003-2004  to the department  to provide a grant to the                 

                                                                                

7   Michigan virtual university for the development, implementation,            

                                                                                

8   and operation of the Michigan virtual high school.  and to fund             

                                                                                

9   other purposes described in this section.  In addition, from the            

                                                                                

10  federal funds appropriated in section 11, there is allocated each           

                                                                                

11  fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and for 2003-2004 the             

                                                                                

12  following amounts:                                                          

                                                                                

13      (a) An amount estimated at $3,251,800.00 from DED-OESE, title               

                                                                                

14  II, improving teacher quality funds.                                        

                                                                                

15      (b) An amount estimated at $1,188,000.00 from DED-OESE, title               

                                                                                

16  II, educational technology grants funds.                                    

                                                                                

17      (c) An amount estimated at $2,044,400.00 from DED-OESE, title               

                                                                                

18  V, innovative strategies grants funds.                                      

                                                                                

19      (d) An amount estimated at $100,500.00 from DED-OESE, title                 

                                                                                

20  VI, rural and low income schools grants funds.                              

                                                                                

21      (2) The Michigan virtual high school shall have the following               

                                                                                

22  goals:                                                                      

                                                                                

23      (a) Significantly expand curricular offerings for high                      

                                                                                

24  schools across this state through agreements with districts or              

                                                                                

25  licenses from other recognized providers.  The Michigan virtual             

                                                                                

26  university shall explore options for providing rigorous civics              

                                                                                

27  curricula online.                                                           


                                                                                

1       (b) Create statewide instructional models using interactive                 

                                                                                

2   multimedia tools delivered by electronic means, including, but              

                                                                                

3   not limited to, the internet, digital broadcast, or satellite               

                                                                                

4   network, for distributed learning at the high school level.                 

                                                                                

5       (c) Provide pupils with opportunities to develop skills and                 

                                                                                

6   competencies through on-line learning.                                      

                                                                                

7       (d) Offer teachers opportunities to learn new skills and                    

                                                                                

8   strategies for developing and delivering instructional services.            

                                                                                

9       (e) Accelerate this state's ability to respond to current and               

                                                                                

10  emerging educational demands.                                               

                                                                                

11      (f) Grant high school diplomas through a dual enrollment                    

                                                                                

12  method with districts.                                                      

                                                                                

13      (g) Act as a broker for college level equivalent courses, as                

                                                                                

14  defined in section 1471 of the revised school code, MCL 380.1471,           

                                                                                

15  and dual enrollment courses from postsecondary education                    

                                                                                

16  institutions.                                                               

                                                                                

17      (3) The Michigan virtual high school course offerings shall                 

                                                                                

18  include, but are not limited to, all of the following:                      

                                                                                

19      (a) Information technology courses.                                         

                                                                                

20      (b) College level equivalent courses, as defined in section                 

                                                                                

21  1471 of the revised school code, MCL 380.1471.                              

                                                                                

22      (c) Courses and dual enrollment opportunities.                              

                                                                                

23      (d) Programs and services for at-risk pupils.                               

                                                                                

24      (e) General education development test preparation courses                  

                                                                                

25  for adjudicated youth.                                                      

                                                                                

26      (f) Special interest courses.                                               

                                                                                

27      (g) Professional development programs and services for                      


                                                                                

1   teachers.                                                                   

                                                                                

2       (4) From the allocation in subsection (1), there is                         

                                                                                

3   allocated $3,500,000.00 each fiscal year for 2002-2003 and for              

                                                                                

4   2003-2004 for the purpose of developing innovative strategies to            

                                                                                

5   use wireless technology to improve student academic achievement             

                                                                                

6   in this state.  The Michigan virtual university shall identify              

                                                                                

7   not more than 5 pilot project sites for these initiatives.  The             

                                                                                

8   pilot project sites shall be geographically diverse and at least            

                                                                                

9   1 of the pilot project sites shall be in the Upper Peninsula.               

                                                                                

10  The pilot projects shall be funded through public-private                   

                                                                                

11  partnerships.  In addition, the Michigan virtual university shall           

                                                                                

12  establish local fund matching requirements for the pilot project            

                                                                                

13  sites.                                                                      

                                                                                

14      (5) The state education agency shall sign a memorandum of                   

                                                                                

15  understanding with the Michigan virtual university regarding the            

                                                                                

16  DED-OESE, title II, improving teacher quality funds as provided             

                                                                                

17  under this subsection.  To the extent allowed under federal law,            

                                                                                

18  the Michigan virtual university shall address the unique issues             

                                                                                

19  of providing educational opportunities in rural communities.  The           

                                                                                

20  memorandum of understanding under this subsection shall require             

                                                                                

21  that the Michigan virtual university coordinate the following               

                                                                                

22  activities related to DED-OESE, title II, improving teacher                 

                                                                                

23  quality funds in accordance with federal law:                               

                                                                                

24      (a) Develop, and assist districts in the development and use                

                                                                                

25  of, proven, innovative strategies to deliver intensive                      

                                                                                

26  professional development programs that are both cost-effective              

                                                                                

27  and easily accessible, such as strategies that involve delivery             


                                                                                

1   through the use of technology, peer networks, and distance                  

                                                                                

2   learning.                                                                   

                                                                                

3       (b) Encourage and support the training of teachers and                      

                                                                                

4   administrators to effectively integrate technology into curricula           

                                                                                

5   and instruction.                                                            

                                                                                

6       (c) Coordinate the activities of eligible partnerships that                 

                                                                                

7   include higher education institutions for the purposes of                   

                                                                                

8   providing professional development activities for teachers,                 

                                                                                

9   paraprofessionals, and principals as defined in federal law.                

                                                                                

10      (6) The state education agency shall sign a memorandum of                   

                                                                                

11  understanding with the Michigan virtual university regarding                

                                                                                

12  DED-OESE, title II, educational technology grants as provided               

                                                                                

13  under this subsection.  The Michigan virtual university shall               

                                                                                

14  coordinate activities described in this subsection with the pilot           

                                                                                

15  project sites identified in subsection (4).  The memorandum of              

                                                                                

16  understanding shall require that the Michigan virtual university            

                                                                                

17  coordinate the following state activities related to DED-OESE,              

                                                                                

18  title II, educational technology grants in accordance with                  

                                                                                

19  federal law:                                                                

                                                                                

20      (a) Assist in the development of innovative strategies for                  

                                                                                

21  the delivery of specialized or rigorous academic courses and                

                                                                                

22  curricula through the use of technology, including distance                 

                                                                                

23  learning technologies.                                                      

                                                                                

24      (b) Establish and support public-private initiatives for the                

                                                                                

25  acquisition of educational technology for students in high-need             

                                                                                

26  districts.                                                                  

                                                                                

27      (7) The state education agency shall sign a memorandum of                   


                                                                                

1   understanding with the Michigan virtual university regarding                

                                                                                

2   DED-OESE, title V, innovative strategies grants as provided under           

                                                                                

3   this subsection.  The Michigan virtual university shall                     

                                                                                

4   coordinate activities described in this subsection with the pilot           

                                                                                

5   project sites identified in subsection (4).  The memorandum of              

                                                                                

6   understanding shall require the Michigan virtual university to              

                                                                                

7   coordinate the following state-level activities related to                  

                                                                                

8   DED-OESE, title V, innovative strategies grants in accordance               

                                                                                

9   with federal law:                                                           

                                                                                

10      (a) Programs for the development or acquisition and use of                  

                                                                                

11  instructional and educational materials, including computer                 

                                                                                

12  software and hardware for instructional use, that will be used to           

                                                                                

13  improve student academic achievement as part of an overall                  

                                                                                

14  education reform strategy.                                                  

                                                                                

15      (b) Programs and activities that expand learning                            

                                                                                

16  opportunities through best-practice models designed to improve              

                                                                                

17  classroom learning and teaching.                                            

                                                                                

18      (8) The state education agency shall sign a memorandum of                   

                                                                                

19  understanding with the Michigan virtual university requiring that           

                                                                                

20  the Michigan virtual university coordinate the awarding of                  

                                                                                

21  competitive grants to districts and state-level activities                  

                                                                                

22  related to DED-OESE, title VI, rural and low income schools                 

                                                                                

23  grants in accordance with federal law for the following                     

                                                                                

24  purposes:                                                                   

                                                                                

25      (a) Teacher professional development, including programs that               

                                                                                

26  train teachers to utilize technology, programs to improve                   

                                                                                

27  teaching, and programs to train special needs teachers.                     


                                                                                

1       (b) Educational technology, including software and hardware,                

                                                                                

2   as described in federal law.                                                

                                                                                

3       (9) Funds allocated under this section that are not expended                

                                                                                

4   in the state fiscal year for which they were allocated may be               

                                                                                

5   carried forward to a subsequent state fiscal year.                          

                                                                                

6       (10) The state education agency and the Michigan virtual                    

                                                                                

7   university shall complete the memoranda of understanding required           

                                                                                

8   under this section within 60 days after the effective date of the           

                                                                                

9   amendatory act that added this subsection.  It is the intent of             

                                                                                

10  the legislature that all plans or applications submitted by the             

                                                                                

11  state education agency to the United States department of                   

                                                                                

12  education relating to the distribution of federal funds under               

                                                                                

13  this section shall be for the purposes described in this                    

                                                                                

14  section.                                                                    

                                                                                

15      (11) As used in this section:                                               

                                                                                

16      (a) "DED-OESE" means the United States department of                        

                                                                                

17  education office of elementary and secondary education.                     

                                                                                

18      (b) "State education agency" means the department.                          

                                                                                

19      Sec. 98b.  (1) From the state school aid fund money                         

                                                                                

20  appropriated in section 11, there is allocated for 2003-2004 an             

                                                                                

21  amount not to exceed $8,000,000.00 for the learning without                 

                                                                                

22  limits program described in this section.  In addition, there is            

                                                                                

23  allocated for 2003-2004 the following federal funds:                        

                                                                                

24      (a) From the federal funds appropriated in section 11, an                   

                                                                                

25  amount estimated at $9,712,650.00 from the competitive grants of            

                                                                                

26  DED-OESE, title II, educational technology grants funds.                    

                                                                                

27      (b) An amount estimated at $7,000,000.00 from funds carried                 


                                                                                

1   forward from 2002-2003 from unexpended DED-OESE, title II,                  

                                                                                

2   educational technology grants funds.                                        

                                                                                

3       (2) The allocations in subsection (1) shall be used to                      

                                                                                

4   develop, implement, and operate the learning without limits                 

                                                                                

5   program and make program grants.  The goal of the program is to             

                                                                                

6   achieve one-to-one access to wireless technology for K-12 pupils            

                                                                                

7   through statewide and local public-private partnerships.  To                

                                                                                

8   implement the program, the state education agency shall sign a              

                                                                                

9   memorandum of understanding with the Michigan virtual university            

                                                                                

10  that provides for joint administration of program grants under              

                                                                                

11  this subsection.  By December 1, 2003, the Michigan virtual                 

                                                                                

12  university and the state education agency shall make grants to              

                                                                                

13  districts as described in this section.                                     

                                                                                

14      (3) The amount of program grants to districts is estimated at               

                                                                                

15  $250.00 per pupil in membership in grade 6 in 2003-2004, or in              

                                                                                

16  another grade allowed in this section.  The state education                 

                                                                                

17  agency shall establish grant criteria that maximize the                     

                                                                                

18  distribution of federal funds to achieve the $250.00 per pupil in           

                                                                                

19  districts that qualify for federal funds.  To qualify for a grant           

                                                                                

20  under this section, a district shall submit an application and              

                                                                                

21  complete the application process established by the state                   

                                                                                

22  education agency and the Michigan virtual university.  The                  

                                                                                

23  application shall include at least all of the following:                    

                                                                                

24      (a) If the district is applying for federal funds, how the                  

                                                                                

25  district will meet the requirements of the competitive grants               

                                                                                

26  under DED-OESE, title II, part D.                                           

                                                                                

27      (b) How the district will provide the opportunity for each                  


                                                                                

1   pupil in membership in grade 6 to receive a wireless computing              

                                                                                

2   device.  If the district has already achieved one-to-one wireless           

                                                                                

3   access in grade 6, the district may apply for a grant for the               

                                                                                

4   next highest grade.  If the district does not have a grade 6 or             

                                                                                

5   higher, the district may apply for funding for the next lowest              

                                                                                

6   grade level.                                                                

                                                                                

7       (c) The district shall submit a plan describing the uses of                 

                                                                                

8   the grant funds.  The plan shall describe a plan for professional           

                                                                                

9   development, technology integration, content and curriculum, and            

                                                                                

10  local partnerships with the other districts and representatives             

                                                                                

11  from businesses, industry, and higher education.  The plan shall            

                                                                                

12  include at least the following:                                             

                                                                                

13                                                                               (i) The academic achievement goals of the plan.                                     

                                                                                

14      (ii) The engagement goals, which may include, but are not                    

                                                                                

15  limited to, goals related to retention rates, dropout rates,                

                                                                                

16  detentions, and suspensions.                                                

                                                                                

17      (d) How the district will amend its local technology plan as                

                                                                                

18  required under state and federal law to reflect the program under           

                                                                                

19  this section.                                                               

                                                                                

20      (4) A district that receives a grant under this section shall               

                                                                                

21  provide at least a $25.00 per pupil match for grant money                   

                                                                                

22  received under this section from local public or private                    

                                                                                

23  resources.                                                                  

                                                                                

24      (5) A district that received money under section 98 in                      

                                                                                

25  2002-2003 for a wireless technology grant is eligible to receive            

                                                                                

26  a grant under this section.                                                 

                                                                                

27      (6) A public school academy that does not offer a grade                     


                                                                                

1   higher than grade 5 may apply to receive a grant under this                 

                                                                                

2   section for pupils in the highest grade offered by the public               

                                                                                

3   school academy.                                                             

                                                                                

4       (7) By October 1, 2003, the department of management and                    

                                                                                

5   budget shall establish a statewide public-private partnership to            

                                                                                

6   implement the program.  The department of management and budget             

                                                                                

7   shall select a program partner through a request for proposals              

                                                                                

8   process for a total learning technology package that includes,              

                                                                                

9   but is not limited to, a wireless laptop, software, professional            

                                                                                

10  development, service, and support, and for management by a single           

                                                                                

11  point of contact individual responsible for the overall                     

                                                                                

12  implementation.  The proposal selected shall achieve significant            

                                                                                

13  efficiencies and economies of scale and be interoperable with               

                                                                                

14  existing technologies.  The private partner selected in the                 

                                                                                

15  request for proposals process to partner with the state must                

                                                                                

16  possess all of the following:                                               

                                                                                

17      (a) Experience in the development and successful                            

                                                                                

18  implementation of large-scale, school-based wireless technology             

                                                                                

19  projects.                                                                   

                                                                                

20      (b) Proven technical ability to deliver a total solutions                   

                                                                                

21  package of learning technology for elementary and secondary                 

                                                                                

22  students and teachers.                                                      

                                                                                

23      (c) Results-based education solutions to increase student                   

                                                                                

24  achievement and advance professional development for teachers.              

                                                                                

25      (d) Ability to coordinate, utilize, and expand existing                     

                                                                                

26  technology infrastructures and professional development delivery            

                                                                                

27  systems within school districts and regions.                                


                                                                                

1       (8) A district may elect to purchase wireless laptops from a                

                                                                                

2   vendor other than the statewide partnership described in                    

                                                                                

3   subsection (7) if that person meets subdivisions (a) to (d) of              

                                                                                

4   subsection (7).                                                             

                                                                                

5       (9) The state education agency shall sign a memorandum of                   

                                                                                

6   understanding with the Michigan virtual university regarding                

                                                                                

7   DED-OESE, title II, educational technology grants, as provided              

                                                                                

8   under this subsection.  The Michigan virtual university shall               

                                                                                

9   coordinate activities described in this subsection with the                 

                                                                                

10  learning without limits grants described under this section.  The           

                                                                                

11  memorandum of understanding shall require that the Michigan                 

                                                                                

12  virtual university coordinate the following state activities                

                                                                                

13  related to DED-OESE, title II, educational technology grants in             

                                                                                

14  accordance with federal law:                                                

                                                                                

15      (a) Assist in the development of innovative strategies for                  

                                                                                

16  the delivery of specialized or rigorous academic courses and                

                                                                                

17  curricula through the use of technology, including distance                 

                                                                                

18  learning technologies.                                                      

                                                                                

19      (b) Establish and support public-private initiatives for the                

                                                                                

20  acquisition of educational technology for students in high-need             

                                                                                

21  districts.                                                                  

                                                                                

22      (10) Funds allocated under this section that are not expended               

                                                                                

23  in the state fiscal year for which they were allocated may be               

                                                                                

24  carried forward to a subsequent state fiscal year.                          

                                                                                

25      (11) The state education agency and the Michigan virtual                    

                                                                                

26  university shall complete the memoranda of understanding required           

                                                                                

27  under this section within 60 days after the effective date of the           


                                                                                

1   amendatory act that added this subsection.  It is the intent of             

                                                                                

2   the legislature that all plans or applications submitted by the             

                                                                                

3   state education agency to the United States department of                   

                                                                                

4   education relating to the distribution of federal funds under               

                                                                                

5   this section are for the purposes described in this section.                

                                                                                

6       (12) The state education agency shall ensure that the program               

                                                                                

7   goals and plans for the learning without limits program are                 

                                                                                

8   contained in the state technology plan required by federal law.             

                                                                                

9       (13) As used in this section:                                               

                                                                                

10      (a) "DED-OESE" means the United States department of                        

                                                                                

11  education office of elementary and secondary education.                     

                                                                                

12      (b) "State education agency" means the department.                          

                                                                                

13      Sec. 99.  (1) From the  state school aid fund appropriation                 

                                                                                

14  appropriations in section 11, there is allocated an amount not to           

                                                                                

15  exceed  $9,684,300.00 each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for                   

                                                                                

16  2002-2003, and for 2003-2004 and from the general fund                      

                                                                                

17  appropriation in section 11 there is allocated an amount not to             

                                                                                

18  exceed $548,000.00 each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003,           

                                                                                

19  and  $5,000,000.00 for 2003-2004 for implementing the                       

                                                                                

20  comprehensive master plan for mathematics and science centers               

                                                                                

21  developed by the department and approved by the state board on              

                                                                                

22  February 17, 1993.                                                          

                                                                                

23      (2) Within a service area designated locally, approved by the               

                                                                                

24  department, and consistent with the master plan described in                

                                                                                

25  subsection (1), an established mathematics and science center               

                                                                                

26  shall address 2 or more of the following 6 basic services, as               

                                                                                

27  described in the master plan, to constituent districts and                  


                                                                                

1   communities:  leadership, pupil services, curriculum support,               

                                                                                

2   community involvement, professional development, and resource               

                                                                                

3   clearinghouse services.                                                     

                                                                                

4       (3) The department shall not award a grant under this section               

                                                                                

5   to more than 1 mathematics and science center located in a                  

                                                                                

6   particular intermediate district unless each of the grants serves           

                                                                                

7   a distinct target population or provides a service that does not            

                                                                                

8   duplicate another program in the intermediate district.                     

                                                                                

9       (4) As part of the technical assistance process, the                        

                                                                                

10  department shall provide minimum standard guidelines that may be            

                                                                                

11  used by the mathematics and science center for providing fair               

                                                                                

12  access for qualified pupils and professional staff as prescribed            

                                                                                

13  in this section.                                                            

                                                                                

14      (5) Allocations under this section to support the activities                

                                                                                

15  and programs of mathematics and science centers shall be                    

                                                                                

16  continuing support grants to all  25  33 established mathematics            

                                                                                

17  and science centers.  and, subject to subsection (9), the 8                 

                                                                                

18  satellite extensions that were funded in 1996-97.  Each                     

                                                                                

19  established mathematics and science center that was funded in               

                                                                                

20  1999-2000 shall receive an amount equal to  105.3%  48.86% of the           

                                                                                

21  amount it received under this section  in 1999-2000  for                    

                                                                                

22  2002-2003 in 2002 PA 521, before any reduction made for 2002-2003           

                                                                                

23  under section 11(3).                                                        

                                                                                

24      (6) In order to receive funds under this section, a grant                   

                                                                                

25  recipient shall allow access for the department or the                      

                                                                                

26  department's designee to audit all records related to the program           

                                                                                

27  for which it receives such funds.  The grant recipient shall                


                                                                                

1   reimburse the state for all disallowances found in the audit.               

                                                                                

2       (7) From the state school aid fund allocation under                         

                                                                                

3   subsection (1), there is allocated an amount not to exceed                  

                                                                                

4   $611,800.00 each fiscal year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and             

                                                                                

5   $298,925.00 for 2003-2004 for additional funding under this                 

                                                                                

6   subsection for mathematics and science centers that have come               

                                                                                

7   into compliance with the comprehensive master plan described in             

                                                                                

8   subsection (1).  These amounts are in addition to the funding               

                                                                                

9   determined under subsection (5) and are as follows:  for each of            

                                                                                

10  those fiscal years:                                                         

                                                                                

11      (a)  $68,000.00  $33,225.00 each to the central Michigan                    

                                                                                

12  science, mathematics, and technology center; the                            

                                                                                

13  Hillsdale-Lenawee-Monroe mathematics and science center; the                

                                                                                

14  St. Clair mathematics, science, and technology network; the                 

                                                                                

15  Saginaw valley state university regional center; the Genesee area           

                                                                                

16  mathematics, science, and technology center; the Grand Traverse             

                                                                                

17  area regional mathematics, science, and technology center; and              

                                                                                

18  the Livingston/Washtenaw mathematics and science center.                    

                                                                                

19      (b)  $85,000.00  $41,530.00 to the Grand valley state                       

                                                                                

20  university regional mathematics and science center.                         

                                                                                

21      (c)  $50,800.00  $24,820.00 to the Seaborg center at Northern               

                                                                                

22  Michigan university.                                                        

                                                                                

23      (8) Not later than June 30, 2000, the department shall                      

                                                                                

24  reevaluate and update the comprehensive master plan described in            

                                                                                

25  subsection (1), including any recommendations for upgrading                 

                                                                                

26  satellite extensions to full centers.                                       

                                                                                

27      (9)  During the course of the 2000-2001 and 2001-2002 fiscal                


                                                                                

1   years, the department shall facilitate the conversion of the                

                                                                                

2   8 existing satellite extensions to full mathematics and science             

                                                                                

3   centers.  To this end, in 2000-2001 the department shall provide            

                                                                                

4   4 satellite extensions, as selected by the department, with                 

                                                                                

5   applications for conversion to full centers, and in 2001-2002 the           

                                                                                

6   department shall provide the remaining 4 satellite extensions               

                                                                                

7   with applications for conversion.  The department shall provide             

                                                                                

8   the applications not later than October 15 of the applicable                

                                                                                

9   fiscal year; a satellite extension shall submit the application             

                                                                                

10  and a detail plan as prescribed by the department not later than            

                                                                                

11  November 15 of the applicable fiscal year; and the department               

                                                                                

12  shall review the applications and plans and notify the satellite            

                                                                                

13  extensions of their status not later than December 1 of the                 

                                                                                

14  applicable fiscal year.  The allocations under this section are             

                                                                                

15  sufficient to fund the conversion of the satellite extensions to            

                                                                                

16  full centers and to fund them as full centers.  In order to                 

                                                                                

17  receive funds under this section, a grant recipient shall provide           

                                                                                

18  at least a 10% local match from local public or private resources           

                                                                                

19  for the funds received under this section.                                  

                                                                                

20      Sec. 101.  (1) To be eligible to receive state aid under                    

                                                                                

21  this act, not later than the fifth Wednesday after the pupil                

                                                                                

22  membership count day and not later than the fifth Wednesday after           

                                                                                

23  the supplemental count day, each district superintendent through            

                                                                                

24  the secretary of the district's board shall file with the                   

                                                                                

25  intermediate superintendent a certified and sworn copy of the               

                                                                                

26  number of pupils enrolled and in regular daily attendance in the            

                                                                                

27  district as of the pupil membership count day and as of the                 


                                                                                

1   supplemental count day, as applicable, for the current school               

                                                                                

2   year.  In addition, a district maintaining school during the                

                                                                                

3   entire year, as provided under section 1561 of the revised school           

                                                                                

4   code, MCL 380.1561, shall file with the intermediate                        

                                                                                

5   superintendent a certified and sworn copy of the number of pupils           

                                                                                

6   enrolled and in regular daily attendance in the district for the            

                                                                                

7   current school year pursuant to rules promulgated by the                    

                                                                                

8   superintendent.  Not later than the seventh Wednesday after the             

                                                                                

9   pupil membership count day and not later than the seventh                   

                                                                                

10  Wednesday after the supplemental count day, the intermediate                

                                                                                

11  district shall transmit to the  department  center the data filed           

                                                                                

12  by each of its constituent districts.  If a district fails to               

                                                                                

13  file the sworn and certified copy with the intermediate                     

                                                                                

14  superintendent in a timely manner, as required under this                   

                                                                                

15  subsection, the intermediate district shall notify the department           

                                                                                

16  and state aid due to be distributed under this act shall be                 

                                                                                

17  withheld from the defaulting district immediately, beginning with           

                                                                                

18  the next payment after the failure and continuing with each                 

                                                                                

19  payment until the district complies with this subsection.  If an            

                                                                                

20  intermediate district fails to transmit the data in its                     

                                                                                

21  possession in a timely and accurate manner to the department, as            

                                                                                

22  required under this subsection, state aid due to be distributed             

                                                                                

23  under this act shall be withheld from the defaulting intermediate           

                                                                                

24  district immediately, beginning with the next payment after the             

                                                                                

25  failure and continuing with each payment until the intermediate             

                                                                                

26  district complies with this subsection.  If a district or                   

                                                                                

27  intermediate district does not comply with this subsection by the           


                                                                                

1   end of the fiscal year, the district or intermediate district               

                                                                                

2   forfeits the amount withheld.  A person who willfully falsifies a           

                                                                                

3   figure or statement in the certified and sworn copy of enrollment           

                                                                                

4   shall be punished in the manner prescribed by section 161.                  

                                                                                

5       (2) To be eligible to receive state aid under this act, not                 

                                                                                

6   later than the twenty-fourth Wednesday after the pupil membership           

                                                                                

7   count day and not later than the twenty-fourth Wednesday after              

                                                                                

8   the supplemental count day, an intermediate district shall submit           

                                                                                

9   to the  department  center, in a form and manner prescribed by              

                                                                                

10  the  department  center, the audited enrollment and attendance              

                                                                                

11  data for the pupils of its constituent districts and of the                 

                                                                                

12  intermediate district.  If an intermediate district fails to                

                                                                                

13  transmit the audited data as required under this subsection,                

                                                                                

14  state aid due to be distributed under this act shall be withheld            

                                                                                

15  from the defaulting intermediate district immediately, beginning            

                                                                                

16  with the next payment after the failure and continuing with each            

                                                                                

17  payment until the intermediate district complies with this                  

                                                                                

18  subsection.  If an intermediate district does not comply with               

                                                                                

19  this subsection by the end of the fiscal year, the intermediate             

                                                                                

20  district forfeits the amount withheld.                                      

                                                                                

21      (3) Except as otherwise provided in this section, each                      

                                                                                

22  district shall provide at least 180 days of pupil instruction and           

                                                                                

23  a number of hours of pupil instruction at least equal to the                

                                                                                

24  required minimum number of hours of pupil instruction required              

                                                                                

25  for 2000-2001 under section 1284 of the revised school code,                

                                                                                

26  MCL 380.1284.  Except as otherwise provided in this act, a                  

                                                                                

27  district failing to hold 180 days of pupil instruction shall                


                                                                                

1   forfeit from its total state aid allocation for each day of                 

                                                                                

2   failure an amount equal to 1/180 of its total state aid                     

                                                                                

3   allocation.  Except as otherwise provided in this act, a district           

                                                                                

4   failing to comply with the required minimum hours of pupil                  

                                                                                

5   instruction under this subsection shall forfeit from its total              

                                                                                

6   state aid allocation an amount determined by applying a ratio of            

                                                                                

7   the number of hours the district was in noncompliance in relation           

                                                                                

8   to the required minimum number of hours under this subsection.  A           

                                                                                

9   district failing to meet both the 180 days of pupil instruction             

                                                                                

10  requirement and the minimum number of hours of pupil instruction            

                                                                                

11  requirement under this subsection shall be penalized only the               

                                                                                

12  higher of the 2 amounts calculated under the forfeiture                     

                                                                                

13  provisions of this subsection.  Not later than August 1, the                

                                                                                

14  board of each district shall certify to the department the number           

                                                                                

15  of days and hours of pupil instruction in the previous school               

                                                                                

16  year.  If the district did not hold at least 180 days and the               

                                                                                

17  required minimum number of hours of pupil instruction under this            

                                                                                

18  subsection, the deduction of state aid shall be made in the                 

                                                                                

19  following fiscal year from the first payment of state school                

                                                                                

20  aid.  A district is not subject to forfeiture of funds under this           

                                                                                

21  subsection for a fiscal year in which a forfeiture was already              

                                                                                

22  imposed under subsection (7).  Days or hours lost because of                

                                                                                

23  strikes or teachers' conferences shall not be counted as days or            

                                                                                

24  hours of pupil instruction.  A district not having at least 75%             

                                                                                

25  of the district's membership in attendance on any day of pupil              

                                                                                

26  instruction shall receive state aid in that proportion of 1/180             

                                                                                

27  that the actual percent of attendance bears to the specified                


                                                                                

1   percentage.  The superintendent shall promulgate rules for the              

                                                                                

2   implementation of this subsection.                                          

                                                                                

3       (4) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the                    

                                                                                

4   first 2 days for which pupil instruction is not provided because            

                                                                                

5   of conditions not within the control of school authorities, such            

                                                                                

6   as severe storms, fires, epidemics, or health conditions as                 

                                                                                

7   defined by the city, county, or state health authorities, shall             

                                                                                

8   be counted as days of pupil instruction.   In addition, for                 

                                                                                

9   2001-2002 only, the department shall count as days of pupil                 

                                                                                

10  instruction not more than 4 additional days, and shall count as             

                                                                                

11  hours of pupil instruction not more than 24 hours, for which                

                                                                                

12  pupil instruction was not provided in a district after May 27,              

                                                                                

13  2002 due to a train derailment involving hazardous materials.               

                                                                                

14  Subsequent such days shall not be counted as days of pupil                  

                                                                                

15  instruction.                                                                

                                                                                

16      (5) A district shall not forfeit part of its state aid                      

                                                                                

17  appropriation because it adopts or has in existence an                      

                                                                                

18  alternative scheduling program for pupils in kindergarten if the            

                                                                                

19  program provides at least the number of hours required under                

                                                                                

20  subsection (3) for a full-time equated membership for a pupil in            

                                                                                

21  kindergarten as provided under section 6(4).                                

                                                                                

22      (6) Upon application by the district for a particular fiscal                

                                                                                

23  year, the superintendent may waive the minimum number of days of            

                                                                                

24  pupil instruction requirement of subsection (3) for a district if           

                                                                                

25  the district has adopted an experimental school year schedule in            

                                                                                

26  1 or more buildings in the district if the experimental school              

                                                                                

27  year schedule provides the required minimum number of hours of              


                                                                                

1   pupil instruction under subsection (3) or more and is consistent            

                                                                                

2   with all state board policies on school improvement and                     

                                                                                

3   restructuring.  If a district applies for and receives a waiver             

                                                                                

4   under this subsection and complies with the terms of the waiver,            

                                                                                

5   for the fiscal year covered by the waiver the district is not               

                                                                                

6   subject to forfeiture under this section of part of its state aid           

                                                                                

7   allocation for the specific building or program covered by the              

                                                                                

8   waiver.                                                                     

                                                                                

9       (7) Not later than April 15 of each fiscal year, the board of               

                                                                                

10  each district shall certify to the department the planned number            

                                                                                

11  of days and hours of pupil instruction in the district for the              

                                                                                

12  school year ending in the fiscal year.  In addition to any other            

                                                                                

13  penalty or forfeiture under this section, if at any time the                

                                                                                

14  department determines that 1 or more of the following has                   

                                                                                

15  occurred in a district, the district shall forfeit in the current           

                                                                                

16  fiscal year beginning in the next payment to be calculated by the           

                                                                                

17  department a proportion of the funds due to the district under              

                                                                                

18  this act that is equal to the proportion below 180 days and the             

                                                                                

19  required minimum number of hours of pupil instruction under                 

                                                                                

20  subsection (3), as specified in the following:                              

                                                                                

21      (a) The district fails to operate its schools for at least                  

                                                                                

22  180 days and the required minimum number of hours of pupil                  

                                                                                

23  instruction under subsection (3) in a school year, including days           

                                                                                

24  counted under subsection (4).                                               

                                                                                

25      (b) The board of the district takes formal action not to                    

                                                                                

26  operate its schools for at least 180 days and the required                  

                                                                                

27  minimum number of hours of pupil instruction under subsection (3)           


                                                                                

1   in a school year, including days counted under subsection (4).              

                                                                                

2       (8) In providing the minimum number of hours of pupil                       

                                                                                

3   instruction required under subsection (3), a district shall use             

                                                                                

4   the following guidelines, and a district shall maintain records             

                                                                                

5   to substantiate its compliance with the following guidelines:               

                                                                                

6       (a) Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, a pupil                

                                                                                

7   must be scheduled for at least the required minimum number of               

                                                                                

8   hours of instruction, excluding study halls, or at least the sum            

                                                                                

9   of 90 hours plus the required minimum number of hours of                    

                                                                                

10  instruction, including up to 2 study halls.                                 

                                                                                

11      (b) The time a pupil is assigned to any tutorial activity in                

                                                                                

12  a block schedule may be considered instructional time, unless               

                                                                                

13  that time is determined in an audit to be a study hall period.              

                                                                                

14      (c) A pupil in grades 9 to 12 for whom a reduced schedule is                

                                                                                

15  determined to be in the individual pupil's best educational                 

                                                                                

16  interest must be scheduled for a number of hours equal to at                

                                                                                

17  least 80% of the required minimum number of hours of pupil                  

                                                                                

18  instruction to be considered a full-time equivalent pupil.                  

                                                                                

19      (d) If a pupil in grades 9 to 12 who is enrolled in a                       

                                                                                

20  cooperative education program or a special education pupil cannot           

                                                                                

21  receive the required minimum number of hours of pupil instruction           

                                                                                

22  solely because of travel time between instructional sites during            

                                                                                

23  the school day, that travel time, up to a maximum of 3 hours per            

                                                                                

24  school week, shall be considered to be pupil instruction time for           

                                                                                

25  the purpose of determining whether the pupil is receiving the               

                                                                                

26  required minimum number of hours of pupil instruction.  However,            

                                                                                

27  if a district demonstrates to the satisfaction of the department            


                                                                                

1   that the travel time limitation under this subdivision would                

                                                                                

2   create undue costs or hardship to the district, the department              

                                                                                

3   may consider more travel time to be pupil instruction time for              

                                                                                

4   this purpose.                                                               

                                                                                

5       (9) The department shall apply the guidelines under                         

                                                                                

6   subsection (8) in calculating the full-time equivalency of                  

                                                                                

7   pupils.                                                                     

                                                                                

8       (10) Upon application by the district for a particular fiscal               

                                                                                

9   year, the superintendent may waive for a district the 180 days or           

                                                                                

10  minimum number of hours of pupil instruction requirement of                 

                                                                                

11  subsection (3) for a department-approved alternative education              

                                                                                

12  program.  If a district applies for and receives a waiver under             

                                                                                

13  this subsection and complies with the terms of the waiver, for              

                                                                                

14  the fiscal year covered by the waiver the district is not subject           

                                                                                

15  to forfeiture under this section for the specific program covered           

                                                                                

16  by the waiver.                                                              

                                                                                

17      (11) Beginning in 2000-2001, a district may count up to 51                  

                                                                                

18  hours of professional development for teachers as hours of pupil            

                                                                                

19  instruction.  A district that elects to use this exception shall            

                                                                                

20  notify the department of its election.                                      

                                                                                

21      Sec. 105.  (1) In order to avoid a penalty under this                       

                                                                                

22  section, and in order to count a nonresident pupil residing                 

                                                                                

23  within the same intermediate district in membership without the             

                                                                                

24  approval of the pupil's district of residence, a district shall             

                                                                                

25  comply with this section.                                                   

                                                                                

26      (2) Except as otherwise provided in this section, a district                

                                                                                

27  shall determine whether or not it will accept applications for              


                                                                                

1   enrollment by nonresident applicants residing within the same               

                                                                                

2   intermediate district for the next school year.  If the district            

                                                                                

3   determines to accept applications for enrollment of a number of             

                                                                                

4   nonresidents, beyond those entitled to preference under this                

                                                                                

5   section, the district shall use the following procedures for                

                                                                                

6   accepting applications from and enrolling nonresidents:                     

                                                                                

7       (a) The district shall publish the grades, schools, and                     

                                                                                

8   special programs, if any, for which enrollment may be available             

                                                                                

9   to, and for which applications will be accepted from, nonresident           

                                                                                

10  applicants residing within the same intermediate district.                  

                                                                                

11      (b) If the district has a limited number of positions                       

                                                                                

12  available for nonresidents residing within the same intermediate            

                                                                                

13  district in a grade, school, or program, all of the following               

                                                                                

14  apply to accepting applications for and enrollment of                       

                                                                                

15  nonresidents in that grade, school, or program:                             

                                                                                

16                                                                               (i) The district shall do all of the following not later than                       

                                                                                

17  the second Friday in August:                                                

                                                                                

18      (A) Provide notice to the general public that applications                  

                                                                                

19  will be taken for a 15-day period from nonresidents residing                

                                                                                

20  within the same intermediate district for enrollment in that                

                                                                                

21  grade, school, or program.  The notice shall identify the 15-day            

                                                                                

22  period and the place and manner for submitting applications.                

                                                                                

23      (B) During the application period under sub-subparagraph (A),               

                                                                                

24  accept applications from nonresidents residing within the same              

                                                                                

25  intermediate district for enrollment in that grade, school, or              

                                                                                

26  program.                                                                    

                                                                                

27      (C) Within 15 days after the end of the application period                  


                                                                                

1   under sub-subparagraph (A), using the procedures and preferences            

                                                                                

2   required under this section, determine which nonresident                    

                                                                                

3   applicants will be allowed to enroll in that grade, school, or              

                                                                                

4   program, using the random draw system required under                        

                                                                                

5   subsection (13) as necessary, and notify the parent or legal                

                                                                                

6   guardian of each nonresident applicant of whether or not the                

                                                                                

7   applicant may enroll in the district.  The notification to                  

                                                                                

8   parents or legal guardians of nonresident applicants accepted for           

                                                                                

9   enrollment shall contain notification of the date by which the              

                                                                                

10  applicant must enroll in the district and procedures for                    

                                                                                

11  enrollment.                                                                 

                                                                                

12      (ii) Beginning on the third Monday in August and not later                   

                                                                                

13  than the end of the first week of school, if any positions become           

                                                                                

14  available in a grade, school, or program due to accepted                    

                                                                                

15  applicants failing to enroll or to more positions being added,              

                                                                                

16  the district may enroll nonresident applicants from the waiting             

                                                                                

17  list maintained under subsection (13), offering enrollment in the           

                                                                                

18  order that applicants appear on the waiting list.  If there are             

                                                                                

19  still positions available after enrolling all applicants from the           

                                                                                

20  waiting list who desire to enroll, the district may not fill                

                                                                                

21  those positions until the second semester enrollment under                  

                                                                                

22  subsection (3), as provided under that subsection, or until the             

                                                                                

23  next school year.                                                           

                                                                                

24      (c) For a grade, school, or program that has an unlimited                   

                                                                                

25  number of positions available for nonresidents residing within              

                                                                                

26  the same intermediate district, all of the following apply to               

                                                                                

27  enrollment of nonresidents in that grade, school, or program:               


                                                                                

1                                                                                (i) The district may accept applications for enrollment in                          

                                                                                

2   that grade, school, or program, and may enroll nonresidents                 

                                                                                

3   residing within the same intermediate district in that grade,               

                                                                                

4   school, or program, until the end of the first week of school.              

                                                                                

5   The district shall provide notice to the general public of the              

                                                                                

6   place and manner for submitting applications and, if the district           

                                                                                

7   has a limited application period, the notice shall include the              

                                                                                

8   dates of the application period.  The application period shall be           

                                                                                

9   at least a 15-day period.                                                   

                                                                                

10      (ii) Not later than the end of the first week of school, the                 

                                                                                

11  district shall notify the parent or legal guardian of each                  

                                                                                

12  nonresident applicant who is accepted for enrollment that the               

                                                                                

13  applicant has been accepted for enrollment in the grade, school,            

                                                                                

14  or program and of the date by which the applicant must enroll in            

                                                                                

15  the district and the procedures for enrollment.                             

                                                                                

16      (3) If a district determines during the first semester of a                 

                                                                                

17  school year that it has positions available for enrollment of a             

                                                                                

18  number of nonresidents residing within the same intermediate                

                                                                                

19  district, beyond those entitled to preference under this section,           

                                                                                

20  for the second semester of the school year, the district may                

                                                                                

21  accept applications from and enroll nonresidents residing within            

                                                                                

22  the same intermediate district for the second semester using the            

                                                                                

23  following procedures:                                                       

                                                                                

24      (a) Not later than 2 weeks before the end of the first                      

                                                                                

25  semester, the district shall publish the grades, schools, and               

                                                                                

26  special programs, if any, for which enrollment for the second               

                                                                                

27  semester may be available to, and for which applications will be            


                                                                                

1   accepted from, nonresident applicants residing within the same              

                                                                                

2   intermediate district.                                                      

                                                                                

3       (b) During the last 2 weeks of the first semester, the                      

                                                                                

4   district shall accept applications from nonresidents residing               

                                                                                

5   within the same intermediate district for enrollment for the                

                                                                                

6   second semester in the available grades, schools, and programs.             

                                                                                

7       (c) By the beginning of the second semester, using the                      

                                                                                

8   procedures and preferences required under this section, the                 

                                                                                

9   district shall determine which nonresident applicants will be               

                                                                                

10  allowed to enroll in the district for the second semester and               

                                                                                

11  notify the parent or legal guardian of each nonresident applicant           

                                                                                

12  residing within the same intermediate district of whether or not            

                                                                                

13  the applicant may enroll in the district.  The notification to              

                                                                                

14  parents or legal guardians of nonresident applicants accepted for           

                                                                                

15  enrollment shall contain notification of the date by which the              

                                                                                

16  applicant must enroll in the district and procedures for                    

                                                                                

17  enrollment.                                                                 

                                                                                

18      (4) If deadlines similar to those described in subsection (2)               

                                                                                

19  or (3) have been established in an intermediate district, and if            

                                                                                

20  those deadlines are not later than the deadlines under                      

                                                                                

21  subsection (2) or (3), the districts within the intermediate                

                                                                                

22  district may use those deadlines.                                           

                                                                                

23      (5) A district offering to enroll nonresident applicants                    

                                                                                

24  residing within the same intermediate district may limit the                

                                                                                

25  number of nonresident pupils it accepts in a grade, school, or              

                                                                                

26  program, at its discretion, and may use that limit as the reason            

                                                                                

27  for refusal to enroll an applicant.                                         


                                                                                

1       (6) A nonresident applicant residing within the same                        

                                                                                

2   intermediate district shall not be granted or refused enrollment            

                                                                                

3   based on intellectual, academic, artistic, or other ability,                

                                                                                

4   talent, or accomplishment, or lack thereof, or based on a mental            

                                                                                

5   or physical disability, except that a district may refuse to                

                                                                                

6   admit a nonresident applicant if the applicant does not meet the            

                                                                                

7   same criteria, other than residence, that an applicant who is a             

                                                                                

8   resident of the district must meet to be accepted for enrollment            

                                                                                

9   in a grade or a specialized, magnet, or intra-district choice               

                                                                                

10  school or program to which the applicant applies.                           

                                                                                

11      (7) A nonresident applicant residing within the same                        

                                                                                

12  intermediate district shall not be granted or refused enrollment            

                                                                                

13  based on age, except that a district may refuse to admit a                  

                                                                                

14  nonresident applicant applying for a program that is not                    

                                                                                

15  appropriate for the age of the applicant.                                   

                                                                                

16      (8) A nonresident applicant residing within the same                        

                                                                                

17  intermediate district shall not be granted or refused enrollment            

                                                                                

18  based upon religion, race, color, national origin, sex, height,             

                                                                                

19  weight, marital status, or athletic ability, or, generally, in              

                                                                                

20  violation of any state or federal law prohibiting                           

                                                                                

21  discrimination.                                                             

                                                                                

22      (9) A district may refuse to enroll a nonresident applicant                 

                                                                                

23  if the applicant is, or has been within the preceding 2 years,              

                                                                                

24  suspended from another school or if the applicant has ever been             

                                                                                

25  expelled from another school.                                               

                                                                                

26      (10) A district shall continue to allow a pupil who was                     

                                                                                

27  enrolled in and attended the district under this section in the             


                                                                                

1   school year or semester immediately preceding the school year or            

                                                                                

2   semester in question to enroll in the district until the pupil              

                                                                                

3   graduates from high school.  This subsection does not prohibit a            

                                                                                

4   district from expelling a pupil described in this subsection for            

                                                                                

5   disciplinary reasons.                                                       

                                                                                

6       (11) A district shall give preference for enrollment under                  

                                                                                

7   this section over all other nonresident applicants residing                 

                                                                                

8   within the same intermediate district to other school-age                   

                                                                                

9   children who reside in the same household as a pupil described in           

                                                                                

10  subsection (10).                                                            

                                                                                

11      (12) If a nonresident pupil was enrolled in and attending                   

                                                                                

12  school in a district as a nonresident pupil in the 1995-96 school           

                                                                                

13  year and continues to be enrolled continuously each school year             

                                                                                

14  in that district, the district shall allow that nonresident pupil           

                                                                                

15  to continue to enroll in and attend school in the district until            

                                                                                

16  high school graduation, without requiring the nonresident pupil             

                                                                                

17  to apply for enrollment under this section.  This subsection does           

                                                                                

18  not prohibit a district from expelling a pupil described in this            

                                                                                

19  subsection for disciplinary reasons.                                        

                                                                                

20      (13) If the number of qualified nonresident applicants                      

                                                                                

21  eligible for acceptance in a school, grade, or program does not             

                                                                                

22  exceed the positions available for nonresident pupils in the                

                                                                                

23  school, grade, or program, the school district shall accept for             

                                                                                

24  enrollment all of the qualified nonresident applicants eligible             

                                                                                

25  for acceptance.  If the number of qualified nonresident                     

                                                                                

26  applicants residing within the same intermediate district                   

                                                                                

27  eligible for acceptance exceeds the positions available in a                


                                                                                

1   grade, school, or program in a district for nonresident pupils,             

                                                                                

2   the district shall use a random draw system, subject to the need            

                                                                                

3   to abide by state and federal antidiscrimination laws and court             

                                                                                

4   orders and subject to preferences allowed by this section.  The             

                                                                                

5   district shall develop and maintain a waiting list based on the             

                                                                                

6   order in which nonresident applicants were drawn under this                 

                                                                                

7   random draw system.                                                         

                                                                                

8       (14) If a district, or the nonresident applicant, requests                  

                                                                                

9   the district in which a nonresident applicant resides to supply             

                                                                                

10  information needed by the district for evaluating the applicant's           

                                                                                

11  application for enrollment or for enrolling the applicant, the              

                                                                                

12  district of residence shall provide that information on a timely            

                                                                                

13  basis.                                                                      

                                                                                

14      (15) If a district is subject to a court-ordered                            

                                                                                

15  desegregation plan, and if the court issues an order prohibiting            

                                                                                

16  pupils residing in that district from enrolling in another                  

                                                                                

17  district or prohibiting pupils residing in another district from            

                                                                                

18  enrolling in that district, this section is subject to the court            

                                                                                

19  order.                                                                      

                                                                                

20      (16) This section does not require a district to provide                    

                                                                                

21  transportation for a nonresident pupil enrolled in the district             

                                                                                

22  under this section or for a resident pupil enrolled in another              

                                                                                

23  district under this section.  However, at the time a nonresident            

                                                                                

24  pupil enrolls in the district, a district shall provide to the              

                                                                                

25  pupil's parent or legal guardian information on available                   

                                                                                

26  transportation to and from the school in which the pupil                    

                                                                                

27  enrolls.                                                                    


                                                                                

1       (17) If the total number of pupils enrolled and counted in                  

                                                                                

2   membership in a district for 2001-2002 is less than 90% of the              

                                                                                

3   total number of pupils residing in the district who are enrolled            

                                                                                

4   and counted in membership in either that district or 1 or more              

                                                                                

5   other districts for 2001-2002, the total amount of money                    

                                                                                

6   allocated to that district for 2001-2002 under sections 22a and             

                                                                                

7   22b shall be adjusted so that the district receives a total                 

                                                                                

8   allocation under those sections equal to the amount the district            

                                                                                

9   would receive under those sections if exactly 90% of the pupils             

                                                                                

10  residing in the district who are enrolled and counted in either             

                                                                                

11  that district or 1 or more other districts were enrolled and                

                                                                                

12  counted in membership in that district.                                     

                                                                                

13      (18) Beginning in 2002-2003, if the total number of pupils                  

                                                                                

14  enrolled and counted in membership in a district for a fiscal               

                                                                                

15  year is less than 90% of the sum of the total number of pupils              

                                                                                

16  residing in the district who are enrolled and counted in                    

                                                                                

17  membership for the fiscal year in that district plus the total              

                                                                                

18  number of pupils residing in that district who are enrolled and             

                                                                                

19  counted in membership for the fiscal year in 1 or more other                

                                                                                

20  districts under this section or section 105c, the department                

                                                                                

21  shall calculate the total amount of money that would be allocated           

                                                                                

22  to that district for the fiscal year under sections 22a and 22b             

                                                                                

23  if exactly 90% of the sum of the total number of pupils residing            

                                                                                

24  in the district who are enrolled and counted in membership for              

                                                                                

25  the fiscal year in that district plus the total number of pupils            

                                                                                

26  residing in that district who are enrolled and counted in                   

                                                                                

27  membership for the fiscal year in 1 or more other districts under           


                                                                                

1   this section or section 105c were enrolled and counted in                   

                                                                                

2   membership in that district for the fiscal year.  The department            

                                                                                

3   shall use this calculation to calculate a payment under                     

                                                                                

4   subsection (19).                                                            

                                                                                

5       (19) Subject to subsection (20), beginning in 2002-2003, the                

                                                                                

6   department shall make a payment to a district described in                  

                                                                                

7   subsection (18) in an amount equal to a percentage of the                   

                                                                                

8   difference between the total amount of money the district would             

                                                                                

9   receive under sections 22a and 22b for the particular fiscal year           

                                                                                

10  as otherwise calculated under this act and the amount calculated            

                                                                                

11  under subsection (18).  This percentage is as follows:                      

                                                                                

12      (a) For 2002-2003, 75%.                                                     

                                                                                

13      (b) For 2003-2004, 50%.                                                     

                                                                                

14      (c) For 2004-2005, 25%.                                                     

                                                                                

15      (d) For 2005-2006 and succeeding fiscal years, 0%.                          

                                                                                

16      (20) A district is not eligible for a payment under                         

                                                                                

17  subsection (19) if the district receives additional funding for             

                                                                                

18  the applicable fiscal year due to the membership calculation                

                                                                                

19  under section 6(4)(y).                                                      

                                                                                

20      (17)  (21)  A district may participate in a cooperative                     

                                                                                

21  education program with 1 or more other districts or intermediate            

                                                                                

22  districts whether or not the district enrolls any nonresidents              

                                                                                

23  pursuant to this section.                                                   

                                                                                

24      (18)  (22)  A district that, pursuant to this section,                      

                                                                                

25  enrolls a nonresident pupil who is eligible for special education           

                                                                                

26  programs and services according to statute or rule, or who is a             

                                                                                

27  child with disabilities, as defined under the individuals with              


     House Bill No. 4401 (H-1) as amended April 10, 2003

   

1   disabilities education act, title VI of Public Law 91-230, 20               

                                                                                

2   U.S.C. 1400 to 1420, 1431 to 1461, and 1471 to 1487, shall be               

                                                                                

3   considered to be the resident district of the pupil for the                 

                                                                                

4   purpose of providing the pupil with a free appropriate public               

                                                                                

5   education.  Consistent with state and federal law, that district            

                                                                                

6   is responsible for developing and implementing an individualized            

                                                                                

7   education plan annually for a nonresident pupil described in this           

                                                                                

8   subsection.                                                                 

                                                                                

9       (19)  (23)  If a district does not comply with this section,                

                                                                                

10  the district forfeits 5% of the total state school aid allocation           

                                                                                

11  to the district under this act.                                             

                                                                                

12      (20)  (24)  Upon application by a district, the                             

                                                                                

13  superintendent may grant a waiver for the district from a                   

                                                                                

14  specific requirement under this section for not more than 1                 

                                                                                

15  year.                                                                       

                                                                                

16      Sec. 107.  (1) From the appropriation in section 11, there                  

                                                                                

17  is allocated an amount not to exceed  $75,000,000.00 for                    

                                                                                

18  2001-2002 and an amount not to exceed $77,500,000.00 each fiscal            

                                                                                

19  year for 2002-2003 and  [$28,456,700.00] for 2003-2004 for adult            

                                                                                

20  education programs authorized under this section.                           

                                                                                

21      (2) To be eligible to be a participant funded under this                    

                                                                                

22  section, a person shall be enrolled in an adult basic education             

                                                                                

23  program, an adult English as a second language program, a general           

                                                                                

24  education development (G.E.D.)  test preparation program, a job             

                                                                                

25  or employment related program, or a high school completion                  

                                                                                

26  program, that meets the requirements of this section, and shall             

                                                                                

27  meet either of the following, as applicable:                                


                                                                                

1       (a) If the individual has obtained a high school diploma or a               

                                                                                

2   general education development (G.E.D.)  certificate, the                    

                                                                                

3   individual meets 1 of the following:                                        

                                                                                

4                                                                                (i) Is less than 20 years of age on September 1 of the school                       

                                                                                

5   year and is enrolled in the state technical institute and                   

                                                                                

6   rehabilitation center.                                                      

                                                                                

7       (ii) Is less than 20 years of age on September 1 of the                      

                                                                                

8   school year, is not attending an institution of higher education,           

                                                                                

9   and is enrolled in a job or employment-related program through a            

                                                                                

10  referral by an employer.                                                    

                                                                                

11      (iii) Is enrolled in an English as a second language                         

                                                                                

12  program.                                                                    

                                                                                

13      (iv) Is enrolled in a high school completion program.                        

                                                                                

14      (b) If the individual has not obtained a high school diploma                

                                                                                

15  or G.E.D. certificate, the individual meets 1 of the following:             

                                                                                

16                                                                               (i) Is at least 20 years of age on September 1 of the school                        

                                                                                

17  year.                                                                       

                                                                                

18      (ii) Is at least 16 years of age on September 1 of the school                

                                                                                

19  year, has been permanently expelled from school under section               

                                                                                

20  1311(2) or 1311a of the revised school code, MCL 380.1311 and               

                                                                                

21  380.1311a, and has no appropriate alternative education program             

                                                                                

22  available through his or her district of residence.                         

                                                                                

23      (3) The amount allocated under subsection (1) shall be                      

                                                                                

24  distributed as follows:                                                     

                                                                                

25      (a)  For  Except as otherwise provided in subdivision (b),                  

                                                                                

26  for districts and consortia that received payments for  1995-96             

                                                                                

27  under former section 107f and that received payments for 1996-97            


     House Bill No. 4401 (H-1) as amended April 10, 2003

   

1   under subsection (4) of this section as in effect in 1996-97                

                                                                                

2   2002-2003 under this section, the amount allocated to each for              

                                                                                

3   2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and for  2003-2004 shall be an amount            

                                                                                

4   each fiscal year equal to 36.76%  equal to [36.72%] of the amount          

                                                                                

5   the district or consortium received for  1995-96 under former               

                                                                                

6   section 107f  2002-2003 under this section in 2002 PA 521, before           

                                                                                

7   any reduction made for 2002-2003 under section 11(3).                       

                                                                                

8       (b) For districts and consortia that received payments under                

                                                                                

9   subsection (3) of this section as in effect for 1996-97, the                

                                                                                

10  amount allocated to each for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and for              

                                                                                

11  2003-2004 shall be an amount each fiscal year equal to the                  

                                                                                

12  product of the number of full-time equated participants actually            

                                                                                

13  enrolled and in attendance during the 1996-97 school fiscal year            

                                                                                

14  in the program funded under subsection (3) of this section as in            

                                                                                

15  effect for 1996-97 as reported to the department of career                  

                                                                                

16  development, audited, and adjusted according to subsection (10)             

                                                                                

17  of this section as in effect for 1996-97, multiplied by                     

                                                                                

18  $2,750.00.                                                                  

                                                                                

19      (c) For districts and consortia that meet the conditions of                 

                                                                                

20  both subdivisions (a) and (b), the amount allocated each fiscal             

                                                                                

21  year for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, and for 2003-2004 shall be the           

                                                                                

22  sum of the allocations to the district or consortium under                  

                                                                                

23  subdivisions (a) and (b).                                                   

                                                                                

24      (b) For a district that in 2002-2003 operated an adult                      

                                                                                

25  education program that was operated in conjunction with the                 

                                                                                

26  Michigan career technical institute, the amount allocated for               

                                                                                

27  2003-2004 shall be an amount equal to $100.00 plus [36.72%] of the          


                                                                                

1   amount the district received for 2002-2003 under this section in            

                                                                                

2   2002 PA 521, before any reduction made for 2002-2003 under                  

                                                                                

3   section 11(3).                                                              

                                                                                

4       (c)  (d)  A district or consortium that received funding in                 

                                                                                

5   1996-97  2002-2003 under this section  as in effect for 1996-97            

                                                                                

6   may operate independently of a consortium or join or form a                 

                                                                                

7   consortium  for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, or  for 2003-2004.  The           

                                                                                

8   allocation  for 2001-2002, for 2002-2003, or  for 2003-2004 to              

                                                                                

9   the district or the newly formed consortium under this subsection           

                                                                                

10  shall be determined by the department of career development and             

                                                                                

11  shall be based on the proportion of the amounts  specified in               

                                                                                

12  subdivision (a) or (b), or both,  that are attributable to the              

                                                                                

13  district or consortium that received funding in  1996-97                    

                                                                                

14  2002-2003.  A district or consortium described in this                      

                                                                                

15  subdivision shall notify the department of career development of            

                                                                                

16  its intention with regard to  2001-2002, 2002-2003, or for                  

                                                                                

17  2003-2004 by October 1,  of the affected fiscal year  2003.                 

                                                                                

18      (4) A district that operated an adult education program in                  

                                                                                

19  1996-97  2002-2003 and does not intend to operate a program in             

                                                                                

20  2001-2002, 2002-2003, or  2003-2004 shall notify the department            

                                                                                

21  of career development by October 1,  of the affected fiscal year            

                                                                                

22  2003 of its intention.  The funds intended to be allocated under            

                                                                                

23  this section to a district that does not operate a program in               

                                                                                

24  2001-2002, 2002-2003, or  2003-2004 and the unspent funds                  

                                                                                

25  originally allocated under this section to a district or                    

                                                                                

26  consortium that subsequently operates a program at less than the            

                                                                                

27  level of funding allocated under subsection (3) shall instead be            


     House Bill No. 4401 (H-1) as amended April 10, 2003

   

1   proportionately reallocated to the other districts described in             

                                                                                

2   subsection (3)(a) that are operating an adult education program             

                                                                                

3   in  2001-2002, 2002-2003, or  2003-2004 under this section.                 

                                                                                

4       (5) The amount allocated under this section per full-time                   

                                                                                

5   equated participant is [$2,850.00      ] for a 450-hour                     

                                                                                

6   program.  The amount shall be proportionately reduced for a                 

                                                                                

7   program offering less than 450 hours of instruction.                        

                                                                                

8       (6) An adult basic education program or an adult English as a               

                                                                                

9   second language program operated on a year-round or school year             

                                                                                

10  basis may be funded under this section, subject to all of the               

                                                                                

11  following:                                                                  

                                                                                

12      (a) The program enrolls adults who are determined by an                     

                                                                                

13  appropriate assessment to be below ninth grade level in reading             

                                                                                

14  or mathematics, or both, or to lack basic English proficiency.              

                                                                                

15      (b) The program tests individuals for eligibility under                     

                                                                                

16  subdivision (a) before enrollment and tests participants to                 

                                                                                

17  determine progress after every 90 hours of attendance, using                

                                                                                

18  assessment instruments approved by the department of career                 

                                                                                

19  development.                                                                

                                                                                

20      (c) A participant in an adult basic education program is                    

                                                                                

21  eligible for reimbursement until 1 of the following occurs:                 

                                                                                

22                                                                               (i) The participant's reading and mathematics proficiency are                       

                                                                                

23  assessed at or above the ninth grade level.                                 

                                                                                

24      (ii) The participant fails to show progress on 2 successive                  

                                                                                

25  assessments after having completed at least 450 hours of                    

                                                                                

26  instruction.                                                                

                                                                                

27      (d) A funding recipient enrolling a participant in an English               


                                                                                

1   as a second language program is eligible for funding according to           

                                                                                

2   subsection (10) until the participant meets 1 of the following:             

                                                                                

3                                                                                (i) The participant is assessed as having attained basic                            

                                                                                

4   English proficiency.                                                        

                                                                                

5       (ii) The participant fails to show progress on 2 successive                  

                                                                                

6   assessments after having completed at least 450 hours of                    

                                                                                

7   instruction.  The department of career development shall provide            

                                                                                

8   information to a funding recipient regarding appropriate                    

                                                                                

9   assessment instruments for this program.                                    

                                                                                

10      (7) A general education development (G.E.D.)  test                          

                                                                                

11  preparation program operated on a year-round or school year basis           

                                                                                

12  may be funded under this section, subject to all of the                     

                                                                                

13  following:                                                                  

                                                                                

14      (a) The program enrolls adults who do not have a high school                

                                                                                

15  diploma.                                                                    

                                                                                

16      (b) The program shall administer a G.E.D. pre-test approved                 

                                                                                

17  by the department of career development before enrolling an                 

                                                                                

18  individual to determine the individual's potential for success on           

                                                                                

19  the G.E.D. test, and shall administer other tests after every 90            

                                                                                

20  hours of attendance to determine a participant's readiness to               

                                                                                

21  take the G.E.D. test.                                                       

                                                                                

22      (c) A funding recipient shall receive funding according to                  

                                                                                

23  subsection (10) for a participant, and a participant may be                 

                                                                                

24  enrolled in the program until 1 of the following occurs:                    

                                                                                

25                                                                               (i) The participant passes the G.E.D. test.                                         

                                                                                

26      (ii) The participant fails to show progress on 2 successive                  

                                                                                

27  tests used to determine readiness to take the G.E.D. test after             


                                                                                

1   having completed at least 450 hours of instruction.                         

                                                                                

2       (8) A high school completion program operated on a year-round               

                                                                                

3   or school year basis may be funded under this section, subject to           

                                                                                

4   all of the following:                                                       

                                                                                

5       (a) The program enrolls adults who do not have a high school                

                                                                                

6   diploma.                                                                    

                                                                                

7       (b) A funding recipient shall receive funding according to                  

                                                                                

8   subsection (10) for a participant in a course offered under this            

                                                                                

9   subsection until 1 of the following occurs:                                 

                                                                                

10                                                                               (i) The participant passes the course and earns a high school                       

                                                                                

11  diploma.                                                                    

                                                                                

12      (ii) The participant fails to earn credit in 2 successive                    

                                                                                

13  semesters or terms in which the participant is enrolled after               

                                                                                

14  having completed at least 900 hours of instruction.                         

                                                                                

15      (9) A job or employment-related adult education program                     

                                                                                

16  operated on a year-round or school year basis may be funded under           

                                                                                

17  this section, subject to all of the following:                              

                                                                                

18      (a) The program enrolls adults referred by their employer who               

                                                                                

19  are less than 20 years of age, have a high school diploma, are              

                                                                                

20  determined to be in need of remedial mathematics or communication           

                                                                                

21  arts skills and are not attending an institution of higher                  

                                                                                

22  education.                                                                  

                                                                                

23      (b) An individual may be enrolled in this program and the                   

                                                                                

24  grant recipient shall receive funding according to subsection               

                                                                                

25  (10) until 1 of the following occurs:                                       

                                                                                

26                                                                               (i) The individual achieves the requisite skills as                                 

                                                                                

27  determined by appropriate assessment instruments administered at            


                                                                                

1   least after every 90 hours of attendance.                                   

                                                                                

2       (ii) The individual fails to show progress on 2 successive                   

                                                                                

3   assessments after having completed at least 450 hours of                    

                                                                                

4   instruction.  The department of career development shall provide            

                                                                                

5   information to a funding recipient regarding appropriate                    

                                                                                

6   assessment instruments for this program.                                    

                                                                                

7       (10) A funding recipient shall receive payments under this                  

                                                                                

8   section in accordance with the following:                                   

                                                                                

9       (a) Ninety percent for enrollment of eligible participants.                 

                                                                                

10      (b) Ten percent for completion of the adult basic education                 

                                                                                

11  objectives by achieving an increase of at least 1 grade level of            

                                                                                

12  proficiency in reading or mathematics; for achieving basic                  

                                                                                

13  English proficiency; for passage of the G.E.D. test; for passage            

                                                                                

14  of a course required for a participant to attain a high school              

                                                                                

15  diploma; or for completion of the course and demonstrated                   

                                                                                

16  proficiency in the academic skills to be learned in the course,             

                                                                                

17  as applicable.                                                              

                                                                                

18      (11) As used in this section, "participant" means the sum of                

                                                                                

19  the number of full-time equated individuals enrolled in and                 

                                                                                

20  attending a department-approved adult education program under               

                                                                                

21  this section, using quarterly participant count days on the                 

                                                                                

22  schedule described in section 6(7)(b).                                      

                                                                                

23      (12) A person who is not eligible to be a participant funded                

                                                                                

24  under this section may receive adult education services upon the            

                                                                                

25  payment of tuition.  In addition, a person who is not eligible to           

                                                                                

26  be served in a program under this section due to the program                

                                                                                

27  limitations specified in subsection (6), (7), (8), or (9) may               


                                                                                

1   continue to receive adult education services in that program upon           

                                                                                

2   the payment of tuition.  The tuition level shall be determined by           

                                                                                

3   the local or intermediate district conducting the program.                  

                                                                                

4       (13) An individual who is an inmate in a state correctional                 

                                                                                

5   facility shall not be counted as a participant under this                   

                                                                                

6   section.                                                                    

                                                                                

7       (14) A district shall not commingle money received under this               

                                                                                

8   section or from another source for adult education purposes with            

                                                                                

9   any other funds of the district.  A district receiving adult                

                                                                                

10  education funds shall establish a separate ledger account for               

                                                                                

11  those funds.  This subsection does not prohibit a district from             

                                                                                

12  using general funds of the district to support an adult education           

                                                                                

13  or community education program.                                             

                                                                                

14      (15)  The department shall work with the department of                      

                                                                                

15  education to ensure that this section is administered in the same           

                                                                                

16  manner as in 1998-99.  A district or intermediate district                  

                                                                                

17  receiving funds under this section may establish a sliding scale            

                                                                                

18  of tuition rates based upon a participant's family income.  A               

                                                                                

19  district or intermediate district may charge a participant                  

                                                                                

20  tuition to receive adult education services under this section              

                                                                                

21  from that sliding scale of tuition rates on a uniform basis.  The           

                                                                                

22  amount of tuition charged per participant shall not exceed the              

                                                                                

23  actual operating cost per participant minus any funds received              

                                                                                

24  under this section per participant.  A district or intermediate             

                                                                                

25  district may not charge a participant tuition under this section            

                                                                                

26  if the participant's income is at or below 200% of the federal              

                                                                                

27  poverty guidelines published by the United States department of             


                                                                                

1   health and human services.                                                  

                                                                                

2       Sec. 147.  (1) The  allocations for 2001-2002, for                          

                                                                                

3   2002-2003, and  allocation for 2003-2004 for the public school              

                                                                                

4   employees' retirement system pursuant to the public school                  

                                                                                

5   employees retirement act of 1979, 1980 PA 300, MCL 38.1301 to               

                                                                                

6   38.1408, shall be made using the entry age normal cost actuarial            

                                                                                

7   method and risk assumptions adopted by the public school                    

                                                                                

8   employees retirement board and the department of management and             

                                                                                

9   budget.  The annual level percentage of payroll contribution rate           

                                                                                

10  is estimated at  12.17% for the 2001-2002 state fiscal year and             

                                                                                

11  at 12.99% for the 2002-2003 state fiscal year  14.37% for the               

                                                                                

12  2003-2004 state fiscal yearHowever, if all districts                     

                                                                                

13  participating in the school bond loan authority assist the state            

                                                                                

14  treasurer in the refinancing of school bond loan authority debt,            

                                                                                

15  the annual level percentage of payroll contribution rate for all            

                                                                                

16  districts is estimated to be 12.99% for the 2003-2004 fiscal                

                                                                                

17  year. The portion of the contribution rate assigned to districts            

                                                                                

18  and intermediate districts for each fiscal year is all of the               

                                                                                

19  total percentage points.  This contribution rate reflects an                

                                                                                

20  amortization period of  35 years for 2001-2002, 34 years for                

                                                                                

21  2002-2003, and  33 years for 2003-2004.  The public school                  

                                                                                

22  employees' retirement system board shall notify each district and           

                                                                                

23  intermediate district by February 28 of each fiscal year of the             

                                                                                

24  estimated contribution rate for the next fiscal year.                       

                                                                                

25      (2) It is the intent of the legislature that the amortization               

                                                                                

26  period described in section 41(2) of the public school employees            

                                                                                

27  retirement act of 1979, 1980 PA 300, MCL 38.1341, be reduced to             


     House Bill No. 4401 (H-1) as amended April 10, 2003

   

1   30 years by the end of the 2005-2006 state fiscal year by                   

                                                                                

2   reducing the amortization period by not more than 1 year each               

                                                                                

3   fiscal year.                                                                

                                                                                

4       Enacting section 1.  In accordance with section 30 of                       

                                                                                

5   article IX of the state constitution of 1963, total state                   

                                                                                

6   spending in this amendatory act and in 2002 PA 521 from state               

                                                                                

7   sources for fiscal year 2003-2004 is estimated at                           

                                                                                

8   [$11,251,563,200.00] and state appropriations to be paid to local           

                                                                                

9   units of government for fiscal year 2003-2004 are estimated at              

                                                                                

10  [$11,270,528,200.00].                                                       

                                                                                

11      Enacting section 2.  Sections 8, 8c, 11j, 18d, 32a, 32i, 55,                

                                                                                

12  67, 68, 94, 96, 99a, 108, 121a, and 158 of the state school aid             

                                                                                

13  act of 1979, 1979 PA 94, MCL 388.1608, 388.1608c, 388.1611j,                

                                                                                

14  388.1618d, 388.1632a, 388.1632i, 388.1655, 388.1667, 388.1668,              

                                                                                

15  388.1694, 388.1696, 388.1699a, 388.1708, 388.1721a, and 388.1758,           

                                                                                

16  are repealed effective October 1, 2003.                                     

                                                                                

17      Enacting section 3.  (1) Except as otherwise specified in                   

                                                                                

18  subsection (2), this amendatory act takes effect October 1,                 

                                                                                

19  2003.                                                                       

                                                                                

20      (2) Section 20 of 1979 PA 94, as amended by this amendatory                 

                                                                                

21  act, and sections 20k, 32j, and 98b of 1979 PA 94, as added by              

                                                                                

22  this amendatory act, take effect upon enactment of this                     

                                                                                

23  amendatory act.